[BACK]Return to tmux.1 CVS log [TXT][DIR] Up to [local] / src / usr.bin / tmux

Annotation of src/usr.bin/tmux/tmux.1, Revision 1.932

1.932   ! nicm        1: .\" $OpenBSD: tmux.1,v 1.931 2023/09/02 09:17:23 nicm Exp $
1.1       nicm        2: .\"
1.477     nicm        3: .\" Copyright (c) 2007 Nicholas Marriott <nicholas.marriott@gmail.com>
1.1       nicm        4: .\"
                      5: .\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
                      6: .\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
                      7: .\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
                      8: .\"
                      9: .\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
                     10: .\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
                     11: .\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
                     12: .\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
                     13: .\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF MIND, USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
                     14: .\" IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING
                     15: .\" OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
                     16: .\"
1.932   ! nicm       17: .Dd $Mdocdate: September 2 2023 $
1.1       nicm       18: .Dt TMUX 1
                     19: .Os
                     20: .Sh NAME
                     21: .Nm tmux
1.6       jmc        22: .Nd terminal multiplexer
1.1       nicm       23: .Sh SYNOPSIS
                     24: .Nm tmux
                     25: .Bk -words
1.906     jmc        26: .Op Fl 2CDlNuVv
1.91      nicm       27: .Op Fl c Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm       28: .Op Fl f Ar file
                     29: .Op Fl L Ar socket-name
                     30: .Op Fl S Ar socket-path
1.744     nicm       31: .Op Fl T Ar features
1.1       nicm       32: .Op Ar command Op Ar flags
                     33: .Ek
                     34: .Sh DESCRIPTION
                     35: .Nm
1.59      jmc        36: is a terminal multiplexer:
                     37: it enables a number of terminals to be created, accessed, and
                     38: controlled from a single screen.
1.67      jmc        39: .Nm
                     40: may be detached from a screen
                     41: and continue running in the background,
                     42: then later reattached.
1.1       nicm       43: .Pp
1.60      nicm       44: When
                     45: .Nm
1.886     naddy      46: is started, it creates a new
1.60      nicm       47: .Em session
                     48: with a single
                     49: .Em window
                     50: and displays it on screen.
                     51: A status line at the bottom of the screen
                     52: shows information on the current session
                     53: and is used to enter interactive commands.
                     54: .Pp
                     55: A session is a single collection of
                     56: .Em pseudo terminals
                     57: under the management of
                     58: .Nm .
                     59: Each session has one or more
                     60: windows linked to it.
                     61: A window occupies the entire screen
                     62: and may be split into rectangular panes,
                     63: each of which is a separate pseudo terminal
                     64: (the
                     65: .Xr pty 4
                     66: manual page documents the technical details of pseudo terminals).
                     67: Any number of
                     68: .Nm
                     69: instances may connect to the same session,
                     70: and any number of windows may be present in the same session.
                     71: Once all sessions are killed,
                     72: .Nm
                     73: exits.
                     74: .Pp
1.64      nicm       75: Each session is persistent and will survive accidental disconnection
1.66      jmc        76: (such as
1.64      nicm       77: .Xr ssh 1
1.67      jmc        78: connection timeout) or intentional detaching (with the
1.64      nicm       79: .Ql C-b d
                     80: key strokes).
                     81: .Nm
                     82: may be reattached using:
                     83: .Pp
                     84: .Dl $ tmux attach
1.60      nicm       85: .Pp
1.64      nicm       86: In
                     87: .Nm ,
                     88: a session is displayed on screen by a
                     89: .Em client
                     90: and all sessions are managed by a single
                     91: .Em server .
                     92: The server and each client are separate processes which communicate through a
                     93: socket in
                     94: .Pa /tmp .
1.65      nicm       95: .Pp
1.1       nicm       96: The options are as follows:
                     97: .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXXXX"
                     98: .It Fl 2
                     99: Force
                    100: .Nm
                    101: to assume the terminal supports 256 colours.
1.744     nicm      102: This is equivalent to
                    103: .Fl T Ar 256 .
1.345     nicm      104: .It Fl C
1.369     nicm      105: Start in control mode (see the
                    106: .Sx CONTROL MODE
                    107: section).
1.345     nicm      108: Given twice
                    109: .Xo ( Fl CC ) Xc
                    110: disables echo.
1.91      nicm      111: .It Fl c Ar shell-command
                    112: Execute
                    113: .Ar shell-command
                    114: using the default shell.
                    115: If necessary, the
                    116: .Nm
                    117: server will be started to retrieve the
                    118: .Ic default-shell
                    119: option.
1.153     nicm      120: This option is for compatibility with
                    121: .Xr sh 1
                    122: when
                    123: .Nm
                    124: is used as a login shell.
1.767     nicm      125: .It Fl D
                    126: Do not start the
                    127: .Nm
                    128: server as a daemon.
                    129: This also turns the
                    130: .Ic exit-empty
                    131: option off.
                    132: With
                    133: .Fl D ,
                    134: .Ar command
                    135: may not be specified.
1.1       nicm      136: .It Fl f Ar file
                    137: Specify an alternative configuration file.
                    138: By default,
                    139: .Nm
1.26      nicm      140: loads the system configuration file from
                    141: .Pa /etc/tmux.conf ,
                    142: if present, then looks for a user configuration file at
1.1       nicm      143: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf .
1.306     nicm      144: .Pp
1.1       nicm      145: The configuration file is a set of
                    146: .Nm
                    147: commands which are executed in sequence when the server is first started.
1.306     nicm      148: .Nm
                    149: loads configuration files once when the server process has started.
                    150: The
                    151: .Ic source-file
                    152: command may be used to load a file later.
1.61      nicm      153: .Pp
                    154: .Nm
1.306     nicm      155: shows any error messages from commands in configuration files in the first
                    156: session created, and continues to process the rest of the configuration file.
1.1       nicm      157: .It Fl L Ar socket-name
                    158: .Nm
                    159: stores the server socket in a directory under
1.455     nicm      160: .Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
                    161: or
1.208     nicm      162: .Pa /tmp
1.455     nicm      163: if it is unset.
1.355     nicm      164: The default socket is named
1.1       nicm      165: .Em default .
                    166: This option allows a different socket name to be specified, allowing several
                    167: independent
                    168: .Nm
                    169: servers to be run.
                    170: Unlike
                    171: .Fl S
1.789     nicm      172: a full path is not necessary: the sockets are all created in a directory
                    173: .Pa tmux-UID
                    174: under the directory given by
                    175: .Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
                    176: or in
                    177: .Pa /tmp .
                    178: The
                    179: .Pa tmux-UID
                    180: directory is created by
                    181: .Nm
                    182: and must not be world readable, writable or executable.
1.2       nicm      183: .Pp
                    184: If the socket is accidentally removed, the
1.6       jmc       185: .Dv SIGUSR1
1.2       nicm      186: signal may be sent to the
                    187: .Nm
1.422     nicm      188: server process to recreate it (note that this will fail if any parent
                    189: directories are missing).
1.166     sobrado   190: .It Fl l
                    191: Behave as a login shell.
                    192: This flag currently has no effect and is for compatibility with other shells
                    193: when using tmux as a login shell.
1.811     nicm      194: .It Fl N
                    195: Do not start the server even if the command would normally do so (for example
                    196: .Ic new-session
                    197: or
                    198: .Ic start-server ) .
1.1       nicm      199: .It Fl S Ar socket-path
                    200: Specify a full alternative path to the server socket.
                    201: If
                    202: .Fl S
                    203: is specified, the default socket directory is not used and any
                    204: .Fl L
                    205: flag is ignored.
1.906     jmc       206: .It Fl T Ar features
                    207: Set terminal features for the client.
                    208: This is a comma-separated list of features.
                    209: See the
                    210: .Ic terminal-features
                    211: option.
1.1       nicm      212: .It Fl u
1.644     schwarze  213: Write UTF-8 output to the terminal even if the first environment
                    214: variable of
1.14      nicm      215: .Ev LC_ALL ,
1.644     schwarze  216: .Ev LC_CTYPE ,
                    217: or
1.2       nicm      218: .Ev LANG
1.644     schwarze  219: that is set does not contain
                    220: .Qq UTF-8
                    221: or
                    222: .Qq UTF8 .
1.906     jmc       223: .It Fl V
                    224: Report the
                    225: .Nm
                    226: version.
1.1       nicm      227: .It Fl v
                    228: Request verbose logging.
                    229: Log messages will be saved into
                    230: .Pa tmux-client-PID.log
                    231: and
                    232: .Pa tmux-server-PID.log
                    233: files in the current directory, where
                    234: .Em PID
1.6       jmc       235: is the PID of the server or client process.
1.558     nicm      236: If
                    237: .Fl v
                    238: is specified twice, an additional
                    239: .Pa tmux-out-PID.log
                    240: file is generated with a copy of everything
                    241: .Nm
                    242: writes to the terminal.
                    243: .Pp
                    244: The
                    245: .Dv SIGUSR2
                    246: signal may be sent to the
                    247: .Nm
                    248: server process to toggle logging between on (as if
                    249: .Fl v
                    250: was given) and off.
1.1       nicm      251: .It Ar command Op Ar flags
                    252: This specifies one of a set of commands used to control
                    253: .Nm ,
1.6       jmc       254: as described in the following sections.
1.59      jmc       255: If no commands are specified, the
1.1       nicm      256: .Ic new-session
                    257: command is assumed.
1.57      jmc       258: .El
1.627     nicm      259: .Sh DEFAULT KEY BINDINGS
1.64      nicm      260: .Nm
                    261: may be controlled from an attached client by using a key combination of a
                    262: prefix key,
                    263: .Ql C-b
                    264: (Ctrl-b) by default, followed by a command key.
                    265: .Pp
1.172     nicm      266: The default command key bindings are:
1.64      nicm      267: .Pp
1.171     nicm      268: .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent -compact
                    269: .It C-b
                    270: Send the prefix key (C-b) through to the application.
                    271: .It C-o
                    272: Rotate the panes in the current window forwards.
                    273: .It C-z
                    274: Suspend the
                    275: .Nm
                    276: client.
                    277: .It !
                    278: Break the current pane out of the window.
                    279: .It \&"
1.625     nicm      280: .\" "
1.171     nicm      281: Split the current pane into two, top and bottom.
                    282: .It #
                    283: List all paste buffers.
1.236     nicm      284: .It $
                    285: Rename the current session.
1.171     nicm      286: .It %
                    287: Split the current pane into two, left and right.
                    288: .It &
                    289: Kill the current window.
                    290: .It '
                    291: Prompt for a window index to select.
1.412     nicm      292: .It \&(
                    293: Switch the attached client to the previous session.
                    294: .It \&)
                    295: Switch the attached client to the next session.
1.171     nicm      296: .It ,
                    297: Rename the current window.
                    298: .It -
                    299: Delete the most recently copied buffer of text.
                    300: .It .
                    301: Prompt for an index to move the current window.
                    302: .It 0 to 9
                    303: Select windows 0 to 9.
                    304: .It :
                    305: Enter the
                    306: .Nm
                    307: command prompt.
1.187     nicm      308: .It ;
                    309: Move to the previously active pane.
1.178     nicm      310: .It =
                    311: Choose which buffer to paste interactively from a list.
1.171     nicm      312: .It \&?
                    313: List all key bindings.
                    314: .It D
                    315: Choose a client to detach.
1.412     nicm      316: .It L
                    317: Switch the attached client back to the last session.
1.182     jmc       318: .It \&[
1.171     nicm      319: Enter copy mode to copy text or view the history.
1.182     jmc       320: .It \&]
1.171     nicm      321: Paste the most recently copied buffer of text.
1.64      nicm      322: .It c
1.65      nicm      323: Create a new window.
1.64      nicm      324: .It d
1.65      nicm      325: Detach the current client.
1.171     nicm      326: .It f
                    327: Prompt to search for text in open windows.
                    328: .It i
                    329: Display some information about the current window.
1.64      nicm      330: .It l
1.65      nicm      331: Move to the previously selected window.
1.684     nicm      332: .It m
                    333: Mark the current pane (see
                    334: .Ic select-pane
                    335: .Fl m ) .
                    336: .It M
                    337: Clear the marked pane.
1.64      nicm      338: .It n
1.65      nicm      339: Change to the next window.
1.171     nicm      340: .It o
                    341: Select the next pane in the current window.
1.64      nicm      342: .It p
1.65      nicm      343: Change to the previous window.
1.171     nicm      344: .It q
                    345: Briefly display pane indexes.
                    346: .It r
                    347: Force redraw of the attached client.
                    348: .It s
                    349: Select a new session for the attached client interactively.
                    350: .It t
                    351: Show the time.
                    352: .It w
                    353: Choose the current window interactively.
                    354: .It x
                    355: Kill the current pane.
1.412     nicm      356: .It z
                    357: Toggle zoom state of the current pane.
1.171     nicm      358: .It {
                    359: Swap the current pane with the previous pane.
                    360: .It }
                    361: Swap the current pane with the next pane.
                    362: .It ~
                    363: Show previous messages from
                    364: .Nm ,
                    365: if any.
                    366: .It Page Up
                    367: Enter copy mode and scroll one page up.
                    368: .It Up, Down
                    369: .It Left, Right
                    370: Change to the pane above, below, to the left, or to the right of the current
                    371: pane.
                    372: .It M-1 to M-5
                    373: Arrange panes in one of the five preset layouts: even-horizontal,
                    374: even-vertical, main-horizontal, main-vertical, or tiled.
1.412     nicm      375: .It Space
                    376: Arrange the current window in the next preset layout.
1.171     nicm      377: .It M-n
                    378: Move to the next window with a bell or activity marker.
                    379: .It M-o
                    380: Rotate the panes in the current window backwards.
                    381: .It M-p
                    382: Move to the previous window with a bell or activity marker.
                    383: .It C-Up, C-Down
                    384: .It C-Left, C-Right
                    385: Resize the current pane in steps of one cell.
                    386: .It M-Up, M-Down
                    387: .It M-Left, M-Right
                    388: Resize the current pane in steps of five cells.
1.64      nicm      389: .El
                    390: .Pp
                    391: Key bindings may be changed with the
                    392: .Ic bind-key
                    393: and
                    394: .Ic unbind-key
                    395: commands.
1.651     nicm      396: .Sh COMMAND PARSING AND EXECUTION
                    397: .Nm
                    398: supports a large number of commands which can be used to control its
                    399: behaviour.
                    400: Each command is named and can accept zero or more flags and arguments.
                    401: They may be bound to a key with the
                    402: .Ic bind-key
                    403: command or run from the shell prompt, a shell script, a configuration file or
                    404: the command prompt.
                    405: For example, the same
                    406: .Ic set-option
                    407: command run from the shell prompt, from
                    408: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf
                    409: and bound to a key may look like:
                    410: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    411: $ tmux set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
                    412:
                    413: set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
                    414:
                    415: bind-key C set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
                    416: .Ed
                    417: .Pp
                    418: Here, the command name is
                    419: .Ql set-option ,
                    420: .Ql Fl g
                    421: is a flag and
                    422: .Ql status-style
                    423: and
                    424: .Ql bg=cyan
                    425: are arguments.
                    426: .Pp
                    427: .Nm
                    428: distinguishes between command parsing and execution.
                    429: In order to execute a command,
                    430: .Nm
                    431: needs it to be split up into its name and arguments.
                    432: This is command parsing.
                    433: If a command is run from the shell, the shell parses it; from inside
                    434: .Nm
                    435: or from a configuration file,
                    436: .Nm
                    437: does.
                    438: Examples of when
                    439: .Nm
                    440: parses commands are:
                    441: .Bl -dash -offset indent
                    442: .It
                    443: in a configuration file;
                    444: .It
                    445: typed at the command prompt (see
                    446: .Ic command-prompt ) ;
                    447: .It
                    448: given to
                    449: .Ic bind-key ;
                    450: .It
                    451: passed as arguments to
                    452: .Ic if-shell
                    453: or
                    454: .Ic confirm-before .
                    455: .El
                    456: .Pp
                    457: To execute commands, each client has a
                    458: .Ql command queue .
                    459: A global command queue not attached to any client is used on startup
                    460: for configuration files like
                    461: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf .
                    462: Parsed commands added to the queue are executed in order.
                    463: Some commands, like
                    464: .Ic if-shell
                    465: and
                    466: .Ic confirm-before ,
                    467: parse their argument to create a new command which is inserted immediately
                    468: after themselves.
1.916     nicm      469: This means that arguments can be parsed twice or more - once when the parent
                    470: command (such as
1.651     nicm      471: .Ic if-shell )
                    472: is parsed and again when it parses and executes its command.
                    473: Commands like
                    474: .Ic if-shell ,
                    475: .Ic run-shell
                    476: and
                    477: .Ic display-panes
                    478: stop execution of subsequent commands on the queue until something happens -
                    479: .Ic if-shell
                    480: and
                    481: .Ic run-shell
                    482: until a shell command finishes and
                    483: .Ic display-panes
                    484: until a key is pressed.
                    485: For example, the following commands:
                    486: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    487: new-session; new-window
                    488: if-shell "true" "split-window"
                    489: kill-session
                    490: .Ed
                    491: .Pp
                    492: Will execute
                    493: .Ic new-session ,
                    494: .Ic new-window ,
                    495: .Ic if-shell ,
                    496: the shell command
                    497: .Xr true 1 ,
1.671     nicm      498: .Ic split-window
1.651     nicm      499: and
                    500: .Ic kill-session
                    501: in that order.
                    502: .Pp
                    503: The
                    504: .Sx COMMANDS
                    505: section lists the
                    506: .Nm
                    507: commands and their arguments.
                    508: .Sh PARSING SYNTAX
                    509: This section describes the syntax of commands parsed by
                    510: .Nm ,
                    511: for example in a configuration file or at the command prompt.
1.671     nicm      512: Note that when commands are entered into the shell, they are parsed by the shell
1.651     nicm      513: - see for example
                    514: .Xr ksh 1
                    515: or
                    516: .Xr csh 1 .
                    517: .Pp
                    518: Each command is terminated by a newline or a semicolon (;).
                    519: Commands separated by semicolons together form a
                    520: .Ql command sequence
                    521: - if a command in the sequence encounters an error, no subsequent commands are
                    522: executed.
1.825     nicm      523: .Pp
                    524: It is recommended that a semicolon used as a command separator should be
                    525: written as an individual token, for example from
                    526: .Xr sh 1 :
                    527: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    528: $ tmux neww \\; splitw
                    529: .Ed
                    530: .Pp
                    531: Or:
                    532: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    533: $ tmux neww ';' splitw
                    534: .Ed
                    535: .Pp
                    536: Or from the tmux command prompt:
                    537: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    538: neww ; splitw
                    539: .Ed
                    540: .Pp
                    541: However, a trailing semicolon is also interpreted as a command separator,
                    542: for example in these
                    543: .Xr sh 1
                    544: commands:
                    545: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.913     nicm      546: $ tmux neww\e; splitw
1.825     nicm      547: .Ed
                    548: .Pp
                    549: Or:
                    550: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    551: $ tmux 'neww;' splitw
                    552: .Ed
                    553: .Pp
                    554: As in these examples, when running tmux from the shell extra care must be taken
                    555: to properly quote semicolons:
                    556: .Bl -enum -offset Ds
                    557: .It
                    558: Semicolons that should be interpreted as a command separator
                    559: should be escaped according to the shell conventions.
                    560: For
                    561: .Xr sh 1
                    562: this typically means quoted (such as
                    563: .Ql neww ';' splitw )
                    564: or escaped (such as
1.826     jmc       565: .Ql neww \e\e\e\e; splitw ) .
1.825     nicm      566: .It
                    567: Individual semicolons or trailing semicolons that should be interpreted as
                    568: arguments should be escaped twice: once according to the shell conventions and
                    569: a second time for
                    570: .Nm ;
                    571: for example:
                    572: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.826     jmc       573: $ tmux neww 'foo\e\e;' bar
                    574: $ tmux neww foo\e\e\e\e; bar
1.825     nicm      575: .Ed
                    576: .It
                    577: Semicolons that are not individual tokens or trailing another token should only
                    578: be escaped once according to shell conventions; for example:
                    579: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    580: $ tmux neww 'foo-;-bar'
1.826     jmc       581: $ tmux neww foo-\e\e;-bar
1.825     nicm      582: .Ed
                    583: .El
1.651     nicm      584: .Pp
                    585: Comments are marked by the unquoted # character - any remaining text after a
                    586: comment is ignored until the end of the line.
                    587: .Pp
                    588: If the last character of a line is \e, the line is joined with the following
                    589: line (the \e and the newline are completely removed).
                    590: This is called line continuation and applies both inside and outside quoted
1.656     nicm      591: strings and in comments, but not inside braces.
1.651     nicm      592: .Pp
1.655     nicm      593: Command arguments may be specified as strings surrounded by single (') quotes,
                    594: double quotes (") or braces ({}).
1.651     nicm      595: .\" "
                    596: This is required when the argument contains any special character.
1.655     nicm      597: Single and double quoted strings cannot span multiple lines except with line
                    598: continuation.
                    599: Braces can span multiple lines.
1.651     nicm      600: .Pp
                    601: Outside of quotes and inside double quotes, these replacements are performed:
                    602: .Bl -dash -offset indent
                    603: .It
                    604: Environment variables preceded by $ are replaced with their value from the
                    605: global environment (see the
                    606: .Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
                    607: section).
                    608: .It
                    609: A leading ~ or ~user is expanded to the home directory of the current or
                    610: specified user.
                    611: .It
                    612: \euXXXX or \euXXXXXXXX is replaced by the Unicode codepoint corresponding to
                    613: the given four or eight digit hexadecimal number.
                    614: .It
                    615: When preceded (escaped) by a \e, the following characters are replaced: \ee by
                    616: the escape character; \er by a carriage return; \en by a newline; and \et by a
                    617: tab.
1.660     nicm      618: .It
                    619: \eooo is replaced by a character of the octal value ooo.
                    620: Three octal digits are required, for example \e001.
                    621: The largest valid character is \e377.
                    622: .It
1.651     nicm      623: Any other characters preceded by \e are replaced by themselves (that is, the \e
                    624: is removed) and are not treated as having any special meaning - so for example
                    625: \e; will not mark a command sequence and \e$ will not expand an environment
                    626: variable.
                    627: .El
                    628: .Pp
1.776     nicm      629: Braces are parsed as a configuration file (so conditions such as
                    630: .Ql %if
                    631: are processed) and then converted into a string.
                    632: They are designed to avoid the need for additional escaping when passing a
                    633: group of
1.655     nicm      634: .Nm
1.776     nicm      635: commands as an argument (for example to
                    636: .Ic if-shell ) .
1.655     nicm      637: These two examples produce an identical command - note that no escaping is
                    638: needed when using {}:
                    639: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    640: if-shell true {
                    641:     display -p 'brace-dollar-foo: }$foo'
                    642: }
                    643:
1.776     nicm      644: if-shell true "display -p 'brace-dollar-foo: }\e$foo'"
1.655     nicm      645: .Ed
                    646: .Pp
                    647: Braces may be enclosed inside braces, for example:
                    648: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    649: bind x if-shell "true" {
                    650:     if-shell "true" {
1.706     nicm      651:         display "true!"
1.655     nicm      652:     }
                    653: }
                    654: .Ed
                    655: .Pp
1.651     nicm      656: Environment variables may be set by using the syntax
                    657: .Ql name=value ,
                    658: for example
                    659: .Ql HOME=/home/user .
                    660: Variables set during parsing are added to the global environment.
1.728     nicm      661: A hidden variable may be set with
                    662: .Ql %hidden ,
                    663: for example:
                    664: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    665: %hidden MYVAR=42
                    666: .Ed
                    667: .Pp
                    668: Hidden variables are not passed to the environment of processes created
                    669: by tmux.
                    670: See the
                    671: .Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
                    672: section.
1.651     nicm      673: .Pp
                    674: Commands may be parsed conditionally by surrounding them with
                    675: .Ql %if ,
                    676: .Ql %elif ,
                    677: .Ql %else
                    678: and
                    679: .Ql %endif .
                    680: The argument to
                    681: .Ql %if
                    682: and
                    683: .Ql %elif
                    684: is expanded as a format (see
                    685: .Sx FORMATS )
                    686: and if it evaluates to false (zero or empty), subsequent text is ignored until
                    687: the closing
                    688: .Ql %elif ,
                    689: .Ql %else
                    690: or
                    691: .Ql %endif .
                    692: For example:
                    693: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.666     nicm      694: %if "#{==:#{host},myhost}"
1.651     nicm      695: set -g status-style bg=red
1.666     nicm      696: %elif "#{==:#{host},myotherhost}"
1.651     nicm      697: set -g status-style bg=green
                    698: %else
                    699: set -g status-style bg=blue
                    700: %endif
                    701: .Ed
                    702: .Pp
                    703: Will change the status line to red if running on
                    704: .Ql myhost ,
                    705: green if running on
                    706: .Ql myotherhost ,
                    707: or blue if running on another host.
                    708: Conditionals may be given on one line, for example:
                    709: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    710: %if #{==:#{host},myhost} set -g status-style bg=red %endif
                    711: .Ed
1.57      jmc       712: .Sh COMMANDS
1.651     nicm      713: This section describes the commands supported by
1.57      jmc       714: .Nm .
                    715: Most commands accept the optional
                    716: .Fl t
1.432     nicm      717: (and sometimes
                    718: .Fl s )
1.57      jmc       719: argument with one of
                    720: .Ar target-client ,
1.678     nicm      721: .Ar target-session ,
1.57      jmc       722: .Ar target-window ,
                    723: or
                    724: .Ar target-pane .
                    725: These specify the client, session, window or pane which a command should affect.
1.423     nicm      726: .Pp
1.57      jmc       727: .Ar target-client
1.540     nicm      728: should be the name of the client,
                    729: typically the
1.57      jmc       730: .Xr pty 4
                    731: file to which the client is connected, for example either of
                    732: .Pa /dev/ttyp1
                    733: or
                    734: .Pa ttyp1
                    735: for the client attached to
                    736: .Pa /dev/ttyp1 .
1.423     nicm      737: If no client is specified,
                    738: .Nm
                    739: attempts to work out the client currently in use; if that fails, an error is
                    740: reported.
1.57      jmc       741: Clients may be listed with the
                    742: .Ic list-clients
                    743: command.
1.1       nicm      744: .Pp
1.57      jmc       745: .Ar target-session
1.423     nicm      746: is tried as, in order:
                    747: .Bl -enum -offset Ds
                    748: .It
                    749: A session ID prefixed with a $.
                    750: .It
                    751: An exact name of a session (as listed by the
1.57      jmc       752: .Ic list-sessions
1.423     nicm      753: command).
                    754: .It
                    755: The start of a session name, for example
                    756: .Ql mysess
                    757: would match a session named
                    758: .Ql mysession .
                    759: .It
                    760: An
1.57      jmc       761: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.423     nicm      762: pattern which is matched against the session name.
                    763: .El
                    764: .Pp
1.441     nicm      765: If the session name is prefixed with an
                    766: .Ql = ,
1.435     nicm      767: only an exact match is accepted (so
                    768: .Ql =mysess
                    769: will only match exactly
                    770: .Ql mysess ,
                    771: not
                    772: .Ql mysession ) .
1.441     nicm      773: .Pp
1.423     nicm      774: If a single session is found, it is used as the target session; multiple matches
1.57      jmc       775: produce an error.
                    776: If a session is omitted, the current session is used if available; if no
1.117     nicm      777: current session is available, the most recently used is chosen.
1.1       nicm      778: .Pp
1.57      jmc       779: .Ar target-window
1.472     nicm      780: (or
                    781: .Ar src-window
                    782: or
                    783: .Ar dst-window )
1.57      jmc       784: specifies a window in the form
                    785: .Em session Ns \&: Ns Em window .
                    786: .Em session
                    787: follows the same rules as for
                    788: .Ar target-session ,
                    789: and
                    790: .Em window
1.423     nicm      791: is looked for in order as:
                    792: .Bl -enum -offset Ds
                    793: .It
                    794: A special token, listed below.
                    795: .It
                    796: A window index, for example
                    797: .Ql mysession:1
                    798: is window 1 in session
                    799: .Ql mysession .
                    800: .It
                    801: A window ID, such as @1.
                    802: .It
                    803: An exact window name, such as
                    804: .Ql mysession:mywindow .
                    805: .It
                    806: The start of a window name, such as
                    807: .Ql mysession:mywin .
                    808: .It
                    809: As an
1.57      jmc       810: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.423     nicm      811: pattern matched against the window name.
                    812: .El
                    813: .Pp
1.435     nicm      814: Like sessions, a
                    815: .Ql =
                    816: prefix will do an exact match only.
1.57      jmc       817: An empty window name specifies the next unused index if appropriate (for
                    818: example the
                    819: .Ic new-window
                    820: and
                    821: .Ic link-window
                    822: commands)
                    823: otherwise the current window in
                    824: .Em session
                    825: is chosen.
1.423     nicm      826: .Pp
1.424     nicm      827: The following special tokens are available to indicate particular windows.
                    828: Each has a single-character alternative form.
1.423     nicm      829: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXX" "X"
                    830: .It Sy "Token" Ta Sy "" Ta Sy "Meaning"
                    831: .It Li "{start}" Ta "^" Ta "The lowest-numbered window"
                    832: .It Li "{end}" Ta "$" Ta "The highest-numbered window"
                    833: .It Li "{last}" Ta "!" Ta "The last (previously current) window"
                    834: .It Li "{next}" Ta "+" Ta "The next window by number"
                    835: .It Li "{previous}" Ta "-" Ta "The previous window by number"
                    836: .El
1.1       nicm      837: .Pp
1.57      jmc       838: .Ar target-pane
1.472     nicm      839: (or
                    840: .Ar src-pane
                    841: or
                    842: .Ar dst-pane )
                    843: may be a pane ID or takes a similar form to
1.57      jmc       844: .Ar target-window
1.423     nicm      845: but with the optional addition of a period followed by a pane index or pane ID,
                    846: for example:
                    847: .Ql mysession:mywindow.1 .
1.57      jmc       848: If the pane index is omitted, the currently active pane in the specified
                    849: window is used.
1.423     nicm      850: The following special tokens are available for the pane index:
                    851: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "X"
                    852: .It Sy "Token" Ta Sy "" Ta Sy "Meaning"
                    853: .It Li "{last}" Ta "!" Ta "The last (previously active) pane"
                    854: .It Li "{next}" Ta "+" Ta "The next pane by number"
                    855: .It Li "{previous}" Ta "-" Ta "The previous pane by number"
                    856: .It Li "{top}" Ta "" Ta "The top pane"
                    857: .It Li "{bottom}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom pane"
                    858: .It Li "{left}" Ta "" Ta "The leftmost pane"
                    859: .It Li "{right}" Ta "" Ta "The rightmost pane"
                    860: .It Li "{top-left}" Ta "" Ta "The top-left pane"
                    861: .It Li "{top-right}" Ta "" Ta "The top-right pane"
                    862: .It Li "{bottom-left}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom-left pane"
                    863: .It Li "{bottom-right}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom-right pane"
1.447     nicm      864: .It Li "{up-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane above the active pane"
                    865: .It Li "{down-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane below the active pane"
                    866: .It Li "{left-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane to the left of the active pane"
                    867: .It Li "{right-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane to the right of the active pane"
1.423     nicm      868: .El
1.177     nicm      869: .Pp
1.423     nicm      870: The tokens
1.177     nicm      871: .Ql +
                    872: and
                    873: .Ql -
                    874: may be followed by an offset, for example:
                    875: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    876: select-window -t:+2
                    877: .Ed
                    878: .Pp
1.432     nicm      879: In addition,
                    880: .Em target-session ,
                    881: .Em target-window
                    882: or
                    883: .Em target-pane
                    884: may consist entirely of the token
                    885: .Ql {mouse}
                    886: (alternative form
                    887: .Ql = )
1.916     nicm      888: to specify the session, window or pane where the most recent mouse event
                    889: occurred (see the
1.432     nicm      890: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT
                    891: section)
                    892: or
                    893: .Ql {marked}
                    894: (alternative form
                    895: .Ql ~ )
                    896: to specify the marked pane (see
                    897: .Ic select-pane
                    898: .Fl m ) .
                    899: .Pp
1.423     nicm      900: Sessions, window and panes are each numbered with a unique ID; session IDs are
                    901: prefixed with a
                    902: .Ql $ ,
                    903: windows with a
                    904: .Ql @ ,
                    905: and panes with a
                    906: .Ql % .
                    907: These are unique and are unchanged for the life of the session, window or pane
                    908: in the
1.212     nicm      909: .Nm
1.423     nicm      910: server.
                    911: The pane ID is passed to the child process of the pane in the
1.212     nicm      912: .Ev TMUX_PANE
                    913: environment variable.
1.423     nicm      914: IDs may be displayed using the
                    915: .Ql session_id ,
                    916: .Ql window_id ,
                    917: or
                    918: .Ql pane_id
                    919: formats (see the
                    920: .Sx FORMATS
                    921: section) and the
                    922: .Ic display-message ,
                    923: .Ic list-sessions ,
                    924: .Ic list-windows
                    925: or
                    926: .Ic list-panes
                    927: commands.
1.15      jmc       928: .Pp
1.153     nicm      929: .Ar shell-command
                    930: arguments are
                    931: .Xr sh 1
                    932: commands.
1.394     nicm      933: This may be a single argument passed to the shell, for example:
1.153     nicm      934: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.821     nicm      935: new-window 'vi ~/.tmux.conf'
1.153     nicm      936: .Ed
1.394     nicm      937: .Pp
                    938: Will run:
                    939: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.821     nicm      940: /bin/sh -c 'vi ~/.tmux.conf'
1.394     nicm      941: .Ed
                    942: .Pp
                    943: Additionally, the
                    944: .Ic new-window ,
                    945: .Ic new-session ,
                    946: .Ic split-window ,
                    947: .Ic respawn-window
                    948: and
                    949: .Ic respawn-pane
                    950: commands allow
                    951: .Ar shell-command
                    952: to be given as multiple arguments and executed directly (without
                    953: .Ql sh -c ) .
                    954: This can avoid issues with shell quoting.
                    955: For example:
                    956: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.821     nicm      957: $ tmux new-window vi ~/.tmux.conf
1.394     nicm      958: .Ed
                    959: .Pp
                    960: Will run
                    961: .Xr vi 1
                    962: directly without invoking the shell.
1.153     nicm      963: .Pp
                    964: .Ar command
1.910     kn        965: .Op Ar argument ...
1.153     nicm      966: refers to a
                    967: .Nm
1.655     nicm      968: command, either passed with the command and arguments separately, for example:
1.153     nicm      969: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.629     nicm      970: bind-key F1 set-option status off
1.153     nicm      971: .Ed
                    972: .Pp
1.655     nicm      973: Or passed as a single string argument in
                    974: .Pa .tmux.conf ,
                    975: for example:
1.153     nicm      976: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.655     nicm      977: bind-key F1 { set-option status off }
1.153     nicm      978: .Ed
                    979: .Pp
                    980: Example
                    981: .Nm
                    982: commands include:
1.13      nicm      983: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.57      jmc       984: refresh-client -t/dev/ttyp2
                    985:
                    986: rename-session -tfirst newname
                    987:
1.668     nicm      988: set-option -wt:0 monitor-activity on
1.57      jmc       989:
                    990: new-window ; split-window -d
1.244     nicm      991:
                    992: bind-key R source-file ~/.tmux.conf \e; \e
                    993:        display-message "source-file done"
1.13      nicm      994: .Ed
1.153     nicm      995: .Pp
                    996: Or from
                    997: .Xr sh 1 :
                    998: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    999: $ tmux kill-window -t :1
                   1000:
1.159     jmc      1001: $ tmux new-window \e; split-window -d
1.153     nicm     1002:
1.821     nicm     1003: $ tmux new-session -d 'vi ~/.tmux.conf' \e; split-window -d \e; attach
1.153     nicm     1004: .Ed
1.57      jmc      1005: .Sh CLIENTS AND SESSIONS
1.153     nicm     1006: The
                   1007: .Nm
                   1008: server manages clients, sessions, windows and panes.
                   1009: Clients are attached to sessions to interact with them, either
                   1010: when they are created with the
                   1011: .Ic new-session
                   1012: command, or later with the
                   1013: .Ic attach-session
                   1014: command.
1.188     nicm     1015: Each session has one or more windows
1.153     nicm     1016: .Em linked
                   1017: into it.
                   1018: Windows may be linked to multiple sessions and are made up of one or
                   1019: more panes,
                   1020: each of which contains a pseudo terminal.
                   1021: Commands for creating, linking and otherwise manipulating windows
                   1022: are covered
                   1023: in the
                   1024: .Sx WINDOWS AND PANES
                   1025: section.
                   1026: .Pp
                   1027: The following commands are available to manage clients and sessions:
1.57      jmc      1028: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       1029: .Tg attach
1.57      jmc      1030: .It Xo Ic attach-session
1.662     nicm     1031: .Op Fl dErx
1.372     nicm     1032: .Op Fl c Ar working-directory
1.762     nicm     1033: .Op Fl f Ar flags
1.57      jmc      1034: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1035: .Xc
1.870     kn       1036: .D1 Pq alias: Ic attach
1.57      jmc      1037: If run from outside
                   1038: .Nm ,
                   1039: create a new client in the current terminal and attach it to
                   1040: .Ar target-session .
                   1041: If used from inside, switch the current client.
                   1042: If
                   1043: .Fl d
                   1044: is specified, any other clients attached to the session are detached.
1.662     nicm     1045: If
                   1046: .Fl x
1.703     nicm     1047: is given, send
                   1048: .Dv SIGHUP
                   1049: to the parent process of the client as well as
1.662     nicm     1050: detaching the client, typically causing it to exit.
1.762     nicm     1051: .Fl f
                   1052: sets a comma-separated list of client flags.
                   1053: The flags are:
                   1054: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.778     nicm     1055: .It active-pane
                   1056: the client has an independent active pane
1.762     nicm     1057: .It ignore-size
                   1058: the client does not affect the size of other clients
                   1059: .It no-output
                   1060: the client does not receive pane output in control mode
1.778     nicm     1061: .It pause-after=seconds
                   1062: output is paused once the pane is
                   1063: .Ar seconds
                   1064: behind in control mode
                   1065: .It read-only
                   1066: the client is read-only
1.786     nicm     1067: .It wait-exit
                   1068: wait for an empty line input before exiting in control mode
1.762     nicm     1069: .El
                   1070: .Pp
                   1071: A leading
1.799     tim      1072: .Ql \&!
1.762     nicm     1073: turns a flag off if the client is already attached.
1.148     nicm     1074: .Fl r
1.762     nicm     1075: is an alias for
                   1076: .Fl f
                   1077: .Ar read-only,ignore-size .
                   1078: When a client is read-only, only keys bound to the
1.148     nicm     1079: .Ic detach-client
1.242     nicm     1080: or
                   1081: .Ic switch-client
1.762     nicm     1082: commands have any effect.
1.769     nicm     1083: A client with the
                   1084: .Ar active-pane
                   1085: flag allows the active pane to be selected independently of the window's active
                   1086: pane used by clients without the flag.
                   1087: This only affects the cursor position and commands issued from the client;
                   1088: other features such as hooks and styles continue to use the window's active
                   1089: pane.
1.13      nicm     1090: .Pp
1.57      jmc      1091: If no server is started,
                   1092: .Ic attach-session
                   1093: will attempt to start it; this will fail unless sessions are created in the
                   1094: configuration file.
1.217     nicm     1095: .Pp
                   1096: The
                   1097: .Ar target-session
                   1098: rules for
                   1099: .Ic attach-session
                   1100: are slightly adjusted: if
                   1101: .Nm
                   1102: needs to select the most recently used session, it will prefer the most
                   1103: recently used
                   1104: .Em unattached
                   1105: session.
1.372     nicm     1106: .Pp
                   1107: .Fl c
                   1108: will set the session working directory (used for new windows) to
                   1109: .Ar working-directory .
1.436     nicm     1110: .Pp
                   1111: If
                   1112: .Fl E
1.480     nicm     1113: is used, the
1.436     nicm     1114: .Ic update-environment
                   1115: option will not be applied.
1.858     kn       1116: .Tg detach
1.211     nicm     1117: .It Xo Ic detach-client
1.463     nicm     1118: .Op Fl aP
1.525     nicm     1119: .Op Fl E Ar shell-command
1.219     nicm     1120: .Op Fl s Ar target-session
1.211     nicm     1121: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   1122: .Xc
1.870     kn       1123: .D1 Pq alias: Ic detach
1.218     nicm     1124: Detach the current client if bound to a key, the client specified with
                   1125: .Fl t ,
1.258     jmc      1126: or all clients currently attached to the session specified by
1.218     nicm     1127: .Fl s .
1.296     nicm     1128: The
                   1129: .Fl a
                   1130: option kills all but the client given with
                   1131: .Fl t .
1.211     nicm     1132: If
                   1133: .Fl P
1.703     nicm     1134: is given, send
                   1135: .Dv SIGHUP
                   1136: to the parent process of the client, typically causing it
1.211     nicm     1137: to exit.
1.525     nicm     1138: With
                   1139: .Fl E ,
                   1140: run
                   1141: .Ar shell-command
                   1142: to replace the client.
1.858     kn       1143: .Tg has
1.57      jmc      1144: .It Ic has-session Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.870     kn       1145: .D1 Pq alias: Ic has
1.57      jmc      1146: Report an error and exit with 1 if the specified session does not exist.
                   1147: If it does exist, exit with 0.
                   1148: .It Ic kill-server
                   1149: Kill the
1.1       nicm     1150: .Nm
1.57      jmc      1151: server and clients and destroy all sessions.
1.369     nicm     1152: .It Xo Ic kill-session
1.464     nicm     1153: .Op Fl aC
1.297     nicm     1154: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.369     nicm     1155: .Xc
1.57      jmc      1156: Destroy the given session, closing any windows linked to it and no other
                   1157: sessions, and detaching all clients attached to it.
1.297     nicm     1158: If
                   1159: .Fl a
                   1160: is given, all sessions but the specified one is killed.
1.464     nicm     1161: The
                   1162: .Fl C
1.467     nicm     1163: flag clears alerts (bell, activity, or silence) in all windows linked to the
1.464     nicm     1164: session.
1.858     kn       1165: .Tg lsc
1.250     nicm     1166: .It Xo Ic list-clients
                   1167: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.915     nicm     1168: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.250     nicm     1169: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1170: .Xc
1.870     kn       1171: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsc
1.221     jmc      1172: List all clients attached to the server.
1.250     nicm     1173: .Fl F
1.915     nicm     1174: specifies the format of each line and
                   1175: .Fl f
                   1176: a filter.
                   1177: Only clients for which the filter is true are shown.
                   1178: See the
1.252     jmc      1179: .Sx FORMATS
                   1180: section.
1.221     jmc      1181: If
1.220     nicm     1182: .Ar target-session
                   1183: is specified, list only clients connected to that session.
1.858     kn       1184: .Tg lscm
1.489     nicm     1185: .It Xo Ic list-commands
                   1186: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.731     nicm     1187: .Op Ar command
1.489     nicm     1188: .Xc
1.870     kn       1189: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lscm
1.731     nicm     1190: List the syntax of
                   1191: .Ar command
                   1192: or - if omitted - of all commands supported by
1.57      jmc      1193: .Nm .
1.858     kn       1194: .Tg ls
1.738     nicm     1195: .It Xo Ic list-sessions
                   1196: .Op Fl F Ar format
                   1197: .Op Fl f Ar filter
                   1198: .Xc
1.870     kn       1199: .D1 Pq alias: Ic ls
1.57      jmc      1200: List all sessions managed by the server.
1.247     nicm     1201: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     1202: specifies the format of each line and
                   1203: .Fl f
                   1204: a filter.
                   1205: Only sessions for which the filter is true are shown.
                   1206: See the
1.247     nicm     1207: .Sx FORMATS
                   1208: section.
1.858     kn       1209: .Tg lockc
1.175     nicm     1210: .It Ic lock-client Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.870     kn       1211: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lockc
1.92      nicm     1212: Lock
                   1213: .Ar target-client ,
                   1214: see the
                   1215: .Ic lock-server
                   1216: command.
1.858     kn       1217: .Tg locks
1.175     nicm     1218: .It Ic lock-session Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.870     kn       1219: .D1 Pq alias: Ic locks
1.92      nicm     1220: Lock all clients attached to
                   1221: .Ar target-session .
1.858     kn       1222: .Tg new
1.57      jmc      1223: .It Xo Ic new-session
1.662     nicm     1224: .Op Fl AdDEPX
1.371     nicm     1225: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.760     nicm     1226: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.762     nicm     1227: .Op Fl f Ar flags
1.351     nicm     1228: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.57      jmc      1229: .Op Fl n Ar window-name
                   1230: .Op Fl s Ar session-name
1.536     nicm     1231: .Op Fl t Ar group-name
1.210     nicm     1232: .Op Fl x Ar width
                   1233: .Op Fl y Ar height
1.153     nicm     1234: .Op Ar shell-command
1.57      jmc      1235: .Xc
1.870     kn       1236: .D1 Pq alias: Ic new
1.57      jmc      1237: Create a new session with name
                   1238: .Ar session-name .
1.153     nicm     1239: .Pp
1.57      jmc      1240: The new session is attached to the current terminal unless
                   1241: .Fl d
                   1242: is given.
                   1243: .Ar window-name
1.1       nicm     1244: and
1.153     nicm     1245: .Ar shell-command
                   1246: are the name of and shell command to execute in the initial window.
1.552     nicm     1247: With
                   1248: .Fl d ,
1.642     nicm     1249: the initial size comes from the global
                   1250: .Ic default-size
                   1251: option;
1.210     nicm     1252: .Fl x
                   1253: and
                   1254: .Fl y
1.602     nicm     1255: can be used to specify a different size.
                   1256: .Ql -
                   1257: uses the size of the current client if any.
1.642     nicm     1258: If
                   1259: .Fl x
                   1260: or
                   1261: .Fl y
                   1262: is given, the
                   1263: .Ic default-size
                   1264: option is set for the session.
1.762     nicm     1265: .Fl f
                   1266: sets a comma-separated list of client flags (see
                   1267: .Ic attach-session ) .
1.68      nicm     1268: .Pp
                   1269: If run from a terminal, any
                   1270: .Xr termios 4
                   1271: special characters are saved and used for new windows in the new session.
1.338     nicm     1272: .Pp
                   1273: The
                   1274: .Fl A
                   1275: flag makes
                   1276: .Ic new-session
                   1277: behave like
                   1278: .Ic attach-session
                   1279: if
                   1280: .Ar session-name
1.918     nicm     1281: already exists;
                   1282: if
                   1283: .Fl A
                   1284: is given,
1.338     nicm     1285: .Fl D
                   1286: behaves like
                   1287: .Fl d
1.662     nicm     1288: to
                   1289: .Ic attach-session ,
                   1290: and
                   1291: .Fl X
                   1292: behaves like
                   1293: .Fl x
1.338     nicm     1294: to
                   1295: .Ic attach-session .
1.101     nicm     1296: .Pp
                   1297: If
                   1298: .Fl t
1.536     nicm     1299: is given, it specifies a
                   1300: .Ic session group .
                   1301: Sessions in the same group share the same set of windows - new windows are
1.537     nicm     1302: linked to all sessions in the group and any windows closed removed from all
1.536     nicm     1303: sessions.
1.101     nicm     1304: The current and previous window and any session options remain independent and
1.536     nicm     1305: any session in a group may be killed without affecting the others.
                   1306: The
                   1307: .Ar group-name
                   1308: argument may be:
                   1309: .Bl -enum -width Ds
                   1310: .It
                   1311: the name of an existing group, in which case the new session is added to that
                   1312: group;
                   1313: .It
                   1314: the name of an existing session - the new session is added to the same group
                   1315: as that session, creating a new group if necessary;
                   1316: .It
                   1317: the name for a new group containing only the new session.
                   1318: .El
                   1319: .Pp
1.101     nicm     1320: .Fl n
1.480     nicm     1321: and
1.153     nicm     1322: .Ar shell-command
1.101     nicm     1323: are invalid if
                   1324: .Fl t
                   1325: is used.
1.351     nicm     1326: .Pp
                   1327: The
                   1328: .Fl P
                   1329: option prints information about the new session after it has been created.
                   1330: By default, it uses the format
1.683     nicm     1331: .Ql #{session_name}:\&
1.351     nicm     1332: but a different format may be specified with
                   1333: .Fl F .
1.436     nicm     1334: .Pp
                   1335: If
                   1336: .Fl E
1.480     nicm     1337: is used, the
1.436     nicm     1338: .Ic update-environment
                   1339: option will not be applied.
1.760     nicm     1340: .Fl e
                   1341: takes the form
                   1342: .Ql VARIABLE=value
                   1343: and sets an environment variable for the newly created session; it may be
                   1344: specified multiple times.
1.858     kn       1345: .Tg refresh
1.248     nicm     1346: .It Xo Ic refresh-client
1.881     nicm     1347: .Op Fl cDLRSU
1.773     nicm     1348: .Op Fl A Ar pane:state
1.788     nicm     1349: .Op Fl B Ar name:what:format
1.855     nicm     1350: .Op Fl C Ar size
1.762     nicm     1351: .Op Fl f Ar flags
1.881     nicm     1352: .Op Fl l Op Ar target-pane
1.248     nicm     1353: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.613     nicm     1354: .Op Ar adjustment
1.248     nicm     1355: .Xc
1.870     kn       1356: .D1 Pq alias: Ic refresh
1.57      jmc      1357: Refresh the current client if bound to a key, or a single client if one is given
                   1358: with
                   1359: .Fl t .
1.248     nicm     1360: If
                   1361: .Fl S
1.538     nicm     1362: is specified, only update the client's status line.
1.535     nicm     1363: .Pp
1.642     nicm     1364: The
                   1365: .Fl U ,
                   1366: .Fl D ,
                   1367: .Fl L
                   1368: .Fl R ,
                   1369: and
                   1370: .Fl c
                   1371: flags allow the visible portion of a window which is larger than the client
                   1372: to be changed.
                   1373: .Fl U
                   1374: moves the visible part up by
                   1375: .Ar adjustment
                   1376: rows and
                   1377: .Fl D
                   1378: down,
                   1379: .Fl L
                   1380: left by
                   1381: .Ar adjustment
                   1382: columns and
                   1383: .Fl R
                   1384: right.
                   1385: .Fl c
                   1386: returns to tracking the cursor automatically.
                   1387: If
                   1388: .Ar adjustment
                   1389: is omitted, 1 is used.
                   1390: Note that the visible position is a property of the client not of the
                   1391: window, changing the current window in the attached session will reset
                   1392: it.
                   1393: .Pp
1.535     nicm     1394: .Fl C
1.855     nicm     1395: sets the width and height of a control mode client or of a window for a
                   1396: control mode client,
                   1397: .Ar size
                   1398: must be one of
                   1399: .Ql widthxheight
                   1400: or
                   1401: .Ql window ID:widthxheight ,
                   1402: for example
                   1403: .Ql 80x24
                   1404: or
                   1405: .Ql @0:80x24 .
1.773     nicm     1406: .Fl A
1.778     nicm     1407: allows a control mode client to trigger actions on a pane.
1.773     nicm     1408: The argument is a pane ID (with leading
                   1409: .Ql % ) ,
                   1410: a colon, then one of
1.778     nicm     1411: .Ql on ,
1.781     nicm     1412: .Ql off ,
                   1413: .Ql continue
1.773     nicm     1414: or
1.781     nicm     1415: .Ql pause .
1.773     nicm     1416: If
                   1417: .Ql off ,
                   1418: .Nm
                   1419: will not send output from the pane to the client and if all clients have turned
                   1420: the pane off, will stop reading from the pane.
1.778     nicm     1421: If
                   1422: .Ql continue ,
                   1423: .Nm
1.781     nicm     1424: will return to sending output to the pane if it was paused (manually or with the
1.778     nicm     1425: .Ar pause-after
                   1426: flag).
1.781     nicm     1427: If
                   1428: .Ql pause ,
                   1429: .Nm
                   1430: will pause the pane.
1.773     nicm     1431: .Fl A
1.778     nicm     1432: may be given multiple times for different panes.
1.773     nicm     1433: .Pp
1.788     nicm     1434: .Fl B
                   1435: sets a subscription to a format for a control mode client.
                   1436: The argument is split into three items by colons:
                   1437: .Ar name
                   1438: is a name for the subscription;
                   1439: .Ar what
                   1440: is a type of item to subscribe to;
                   1441: .Ar format
                   1442: is the format.
                   1443: After a subscription is added, changes to the format are reported with the
                   1444: .Ic %subscription-changed
                   1445: notification, at most once a second.
                   1446: If only the name is given, the subscription is removed.
                   1447: .Ar what
                   1448: may be empty to check the format only for the attached session, or one of:
                   1449: a pane ID such as
                   1450: .Ql %0 ;
                   1451: .Ql %*
                   1452: for all panes in the attached session;
1.816     jmc      1453: a window ID such as
1.788     nicm     1454: .Ql @0 ;
                   1455: or
                   1456: .Ql @*
                   1457: for all windows in the attached session.
                   1458: .Pp
1.762     nicm     1459: .Fl f
                   1460: sets a comma-separated list of client flags, see
                   1461: .Ic attach-session .
1.677     nicm     1462: .Pp
1.612     nicm     1463: .Fl l
                   1464: requests the clipboard from the client using the
                   1465: .Xr xterm 1
1.881     nicm     1466: escape sequence.
                   1467: If
1.916     nicm     1468: .Ar target-pane
1.881     nicm     1469: is given, the clipboard is sent (in encoded form), otherwise it is stored in a
                   1470: new paste buffer.
1.613     nicm     1471: .Pp
                   1472: .Fl L ,
                   1473: .Fl R ,
                   1474: .Fl U
                   1475: and
                   1476: .Fl D
                   1477: move the visible portion of the window left, right, up or down
                   1478: by
                   1479: .Ar adjustment ,
                   1480: if the window is larger than the client.
                   1481: .Fl c
                   1482: resets so that the position follows the cursor.
                   1483: See the
                   1484: .Ic window-size
                   1485: option.
1.858     kn       1486: .Tg rename
1.57      jmc      1487: .It Xo Ic rename-session
                   1488: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1489: .Ar new-name
                   1490: .Xc
1.870     kn       1491: .D1 Pq alias: Ic rename
1.57      jmc      1492: Rename the session to
                   1493: .Ar new-name .
1.888     nicm     1494: .It Xo Ic server-access
                   1495: .Op Fl adlrw
                   1496: .Op Ar user
                   1497: .Xc
                   1498: Change the access or read/write permission of
                   1499: .Ar user .
                   1500: The user running the
                   1501: .Nm
                   1502: server (its owner) and the root user cannot be changed and are always
                   1503: permitted access.
                   1504: .Pp
                   1505: .Fl a
                   1506: and
                   1507: .Fl d
                   1508: are used to give or revoke access for the specified user.
                   1509: If the user is already attached, the
                   1510: .Fl d
                   1511: flag causes their clients to be detached.
                   1512: .Pp
                   1513: .Fl r
                   1514: and
                   1515: .Fl w
                   1516: change the permissions for
                   1517: .Ar user :
                   1518: .Fl r
                   1519: makes their clients read-only and
                   1520: .Fl w
                   1521: writable.
                   1522: .Fl l
                   1523: lists current access permissions.
                   1524: .Pp
                   1525: By default, the access list is empty and
                   1526: .Nm
                   1527: creates sockets with file system permissions preventing access by any user
                   1528: other than the owner (and root).
                   1529: These permissions must be changed manually.
                   1530: Great care should be taken not to allow access to untrusted users even
                   1531: read-only.
1.858     kn       1532: .Tg showmsgs
1.121     nicm     1533: .It Xo Ic show-messages
1.465     nicm     1534: .Op Fl JT
1.120     nicm     1535: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   1536: .Xc
1.870     kn       1537: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showmsgs
1.764     nicm     1538: Show server messages or information.
                   1539: Messages are stored, up to a maximum of the limit set by the
1.120     nicm     1540: .Ar message-limit
1.384     nicm     1541: server option.
1.377     nicm     1542: .Fl J
                   1543: and
                   1544: .Fl T
1.465     nicm     1545: show debugging information about jobs and terminals.
1.858     kn       1546: .Tg source
1.488     tim      1547: .It Xo Ic source-file
1.793     nicm     1548: .Op Fl Fnqv
1.932   ! nicm     1549: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.910     kn       1550: .Ar path ...
1.488     tim      1551: .Xc
1.870     kn       1552: .D1 Pq alias: Ic source
1.659     nicm     1553: Execute commands from one or more files specified by
1.519     nicm     1554: .Ar path
1.659     nicm     1555: (which may be
1.607     kn       1556: .Xr glob 7
1.659     nicm     1557: patterns).
1.488     tim      1558: If
1.793     nicm     1559: .Fl F
                   1560: is present, then
                   1561: .Ar path
                   1562: is expanded as a format.
                   1563: If
1.488     tim      1564: .Fl q
                   1565: is given, no error will be returned if
                   1566: .Ar path
                   1567: does not exist.
1.651     nicm     1568: With
                   1569: .Fl n ,
                   1570: the file is parsed but no commands are executed.
1.663     nicm     1571: .Fl v
                   1572: shows the parsed commands and line numbers if possible.
1.858     kn       1573: .Tg start
1.57      jmc      1574: .It Ic start-server
1.870     kn       1575: .D1 Pq alias: Ic start
1.57      jmc      1576: Start the
1.1       nicm     1577: .Nm
1.57      jmc      1578: server, if not already running, without creating any sessions.
1.707     nicm     1579: .Pp
                   1580: Note that as by default the
                   1581: .Nm
1.916     nicm     1582: server will exit with no sessions, this is only useful if a session is created
                   1583: in
1.707     nicm     1584: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf ,
                   1585: .Ic exit-empty
                   1586: is turned off, or another command is run as part of the same command sequence.
                   1587: For example:
                   1588: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1589: $ tmux start \\; show -g
                   1590: .Ed
1.858     kn       1591: .Tg suspendc
1.57      jmc      1592: .It Xo Ic suspend-client
1.202     nicm     1593: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.57      jmc      1594: .Xc
1.870     kn       1595: .D1 Pq alias: Ic suspendc
1.57      jmc      1596: Suspend a client by sending
                   1597: .Dv SIGTSTP
                   1598: (tty stop).
1.858     kn       1599: .Tg switchc
1.57      jmc      1600: .It Xo Ic switch-client
1.681     nicm     1601: .Op Fl ElnprZ
1.57      jmc      1602: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
                   1603: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.421     nicm     1604: .Op Fl T Ar key-table
1.57      jmc      1605: .Xc
1.870     kn       1606: .D1 Pq alias: Ic switchc
1.57      jmc      1607: Switch the current session for client
                   1608: .Ar target-client
                   1609: to
                   1610: .Ar target-session .
1.635     nicm     1611: As a special case,
                   1612: .Fl t
                   1613: may refer to a pane (a target that contains
1.636     jmc      1614: .Ql \&: ,
                   1615: .Ql \&.
1.635     nicm     1616: or
1.636     jmc      1617: .Ql % ) ,
1.681     nicm     1618: to change session, window and pane.
                   1619: In that case,
                   1620: .Fl Z
                   1621: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.183     nicm     1622: If
1.197     jmc      1623: .Fl l ,
1.183     nicm     1624: .Fl n
                   1625: or
                   1626: .Fl p
1.194     nicm     1627: is used, the client is moved to the last, next or previous session
                   1628: respectively.
1.242     nicm     1629: .Fl r
1.762     nicm     1630: toggles the client
                   1631: .Ic read-only
                   1632: and
                   1633: .Ic ignore-size
                   1634: flags (see the
1.242     nicm     1635: .Ic attach-session
                   1636: command).
1.436     nicm     1637: .Pp
                   1638: If
                   1639: .Fl E
                   1640: is used,
                   1641: .Ic update-environment
                   1642: option will not be applied.
1.421     nicm     1643: .Pp
                   1644: .Fl T
1.706     nicm     1645: sets the client's key table; the next key from the client will be interpreted
                   1646: from
1.421     nicm     1647: .Ar key-table .
                   1648: This may be used to configure multiple prefix keys, or to bind commands to
                   1649: sequences of keys.
                   1650: For example, to make typing
                   1651: .Ql abc
                   1652: run the
                   1653: .Ic list-keys
                   1654: command:
                   1655: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1656: bind-key -Ttable2 c list-keys
                   1657: bind-key -Ttable1 b switch-client -Ttable2
                   1658: bind-key -Troot   a switch-client -Ttable1
                   1659: .Ed
1.57      jmc      1660: .El
                   1661: .Sh WINDOWS AND PANES
1.679     nicm     1662: Each window displayed by
                   1663: .Nm
                   1664: may be split into one or more
                   1665: .Em panes ;
                   1666: each pane takes up a certain area of the display and is a separate terminal.
                   1667: A window may be split into panes using the
                   1668: .Ic split-window
                   1669: command.
                   1670: Windows may be split horizontally (with the
                   1671: .Fl h
                   1672: flag) or vertically.
                   1673: Panes may be resized with the
                   1674: .Ic resize-pane
                   1675: command (bound to
                   1676: .Ql C-Up ,
                   1677: .Ql C-Down
                   1678: .Ql C-Left
                   1679: and
                   1680: .Ql C-Right
                   1681: by default), the current pane may be changed with the
                   1682: .Ic select-pane
                   1683: command and the
                   1684: .Ic rotate-window
                   1685: and
                   1686: .Ic swap-pane
                   1687: commands may be used to swap panes without changing their position.
                   1688: Panes are numbered beginning from zero in the order they are created.
                   1689: .Pp
                   1690: By default, a
1.1       nicm     1691: .Nm
1.679     nicm     1692: pane permits direct access to the terminal contained in the pane.
                   1693: A pane may also be put into one of several modes:
                   1694: .Bl -dash -offset indent
                   1695: .It
                   1696: Copy mode, which permits a section of a window or its
1.164     nicm     1697: history to be copied to a
1.1       nicm     1698: .Em paste buffer
                   1699: for later insertion into another window.
                   1700: This mode is entered with the
                   1701: .Ic copy-mode
                   1702: command, bound to
1.113     nicm     1703: .Ql \&[
1.1       nicm     1704: by default.
1.734     nicm     1705: Copied text can be pasted with the
                   1706: .Ic paste-buffer
                   1707: command, bound to
                   1708: .Ql \&] .
1.679     nicm     1709: .It
                   1710: View mode, which is like copy mode but is entered when a command that produces
                   1711: output, such as
1.164     nicm     1712: .Ic list-keys ,
                   1713: is executed from a key binding.
1.679     nicm     1714: .It
                   1715: Choose mode, which allows an item to be chosen from a list.
                   1716: This may be a client, a session or window or pane, or a buffer.
                   1717: This mode is entered with the
                   1718: .Ic choose-buffer ,
                   1719: .Ic choose-client
                   1720: and
                   1721: .Ic choose-tree
                   1722: commands.
                   1723: .El
1.1       nicm     1724: .Pp
1.678     nicm     1725: In copy mode an indicator is displayed in the top-right corner of the pane with
                   1726: the current position and the number of lines in the history.
                   1727: .Pp
1.497     nicm     1728: Commands are sent to copy mode using the
                   1729: .Fl X
                   1730: flag to the
                   1731: .Ic send-keys
                   1732: command.
                   1733: When a key is pressed, copy mode automatically uses one of two key tables,
                   1734: depending on the
1.1       nicm     1735: .Ic mode-keys
1.497     nicm     1736: option:
                   1737: .Ic copy-mode
                   1738: for emacs, or
                   1739: .Ic copy-mode-vi
                   1740: for vi.
                   1741: Key tables may be viewed with the
                   1742: .Ic list-keys
                   1743: command.
                   1744: .Pp
                   1745: The following commands are supported in copy mode:
1.923     nicm     1746: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   1747: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1748: .Ic append-selection
1.923     nicm     1749: .Xc
                   1750: Append the selection to the top paste buffer.
                   1751: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1752: .Ic append-selection-and-cancel
                   1753: (vi: A)
1.923     nicm     1754: .Xc
                   1755: Append the selection to the top paste buffer and exit copy mode.
                   1756: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1757: .Ic back-to-indentation
                   1758: (vi: ^)
                   1759: (emacs: M-m)
1.923     nicm     1760: .Xc
                   1761: Move the cursor back to the indentation.
                   1762: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1763: .Ic begin-selection
                   1764: (vi: Space)
                   1765: (emacs: C-Space)
1.923     nicm     1766: .Xc
                   1767: Begin selection.
                   1768: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1769: .Ic bottom-line
                   1770: (vi: L)
1.923     nicm     1771: .Xc
                   1772: Move to the bottom line.
                   1773: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1774: .Ic cancel
                   1775: (vi: q)
                   1776: (emacs: Escape)
1.923     nicm     1777: .Xc
                   1778: Exit copy mode.
                   1779: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1780: .Ic clear-selection
                   1781: (vi: Escape)
                   1782: (emacs: C-g)
1.923     nicm     1783: .Xc
                   1784: Clear the current selection.
                   1785: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1786: .Ic copy-end-of-line
                   1787: .Op Ar prefix
1.923     nicm     1788: .Xc
                   1789: Copy from the cursor position to the end of the line.
                   1790: .Ar prefix
                   1791: is used to name the new paste buffer.
                   1792: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1793: .Ic copy-end-of-line-and-cancel
                   1794: .Op Ar prefix
1.923     nicm     1795: .Xc
                   1796: Copy from the cursor position and exit copy mode.
                   1797: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1798: .Ic copy-line
                   1799: .Op Ar prefix
1.923     nicm     1800: .Xc
                   1801: Copy the entire line.
                   1802: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1803: .Ic copy-line-and-cancel
                   1804: .Op Ar prefix
1.923     nicm     1805: .Xc
                   1806: Copy the entire line and exit copy mode.
                   1807: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1808: .Ic copy-selection
                   1809: .Op Ar prefix
1.923     nicm     1810: .Xc
                   1811: Copies the current selection.
                   1812: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1813: .Ic copy-selection-and-cancel
                   1814: .Op Ar prefix
1.924     nicm     1815: (vi: Enter)
                   1816: (emacs: M-w)
1.923     nicm     1817: .Xc
                   1818: Copy the current selection and exit copy mode.
                   1819: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1820: .Ic cursor-down
                   1821: (vi: j)
                   1822: (emacs: Down)
1.923     nicm     1823: .Xc
                   1824: Move the cursor down.
                   1825: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1826: .Ic cursor-left
                   1827: (vi: h)
                   1828: (emacs: Left)
1.923     nicm     1829: .Xc
                   1830: Move the cursor left.
                   1831: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1832: .Ic cursor-right
                   1833: (vi: l)
                   1834: (emacs: Right)
1.923     nicm     1835: .Xc
                   1836: Move the cursor right.
                   1837: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1838: .Ic cursor-up
                   1839: (vi: k)
                   1840: (emacs: Up)
1.923     nicm     1841: .Xc
                   1842: Move the cursor up.
                   1843: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1844: .Ic end-of-line
                   1845: (vi: $)
                   1846: (emacs: C-e)
1.923     nicm     1847: .Xc
                   1848: Move the cursor to the end of the line.
                   1849: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1850: .Ic goto-line
                   1851: .Ar line
1.924     nicm     1852: (vi: :)
                   1853: (emacs: g)
1.923     nicm     1854: .Xc
                   1855: Move the cursor to a specific line.
                   1856: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1857: .Ic history-bottom
                   1858: (vi: G)
                   1859: (emacs: M->)
1.923     nicm     1860: .Xc
                   1861: Scroll to the bottom of the history.
                   1862: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1863: .Ic history-top
                   1864: (vi: g)
                   1865: (emacs: M-<)
1.923     nicm     1866: .Xc
                   1867: Scroll to the top of the history.
                   1868: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1869: .Ic jump-again
                   1870: (vi: ;)
                   1871: (emacs: ;)
1.923     nicm     1872: .Xc
                   1873: Repeat the last jump.
                   1874: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1875: .Ic jump-backward
                   1876: .Ar to
1.924     nicm     1877: (vi: F)
                   1878: (emacs: F)
1.923     nicm     1879: .Xc
                   1880: Jump backwards to the specified text.
                   1881: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1882: .Ic jump-forward
                   1883: .Ar to
1.924     nicm     1884: (vi: f)
                   1885: (emacs: f)
1.923     nicm     1886: .Xc
                   1887: Jump forward to the specified text.
                   1888: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1889: .Ic jump-to-mark
                   1890: (vi: M-x)
                   1891: (emacs: M-x)
1.923     nicm     1892: .Xc
                   1893: Jump to the last mark.
                   1894: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1895: .Ic middle-line
                   1896: (vi: M)
                   1897: (emacs: M-r)
1.923     nicm     1898: .Xc
                   1899: Move to the middle line.
                   1900: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1901: .Ic next-matching-bracket
                   1902: (vi: %)
                   1903: (emacs: M-C-f)
1.923     nicm     1904: .Xc
                   1905: Move to the next matching bracket.
                   1906: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1907: .Ic next-paragraph
                   1908: (vi: })
                   1909: (emacs: M-})
1.923     nicm     1910: .Xc
                   1911: Move to the next paragraph.
                   1912: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1913: .Ic next-prompt
1.926     nicm     1914: .Op Fl o
1.923     nicm     1915: .Xc
                   1916: Move to the next prompt.
                   1917: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1918: .Ic next-word
                   1919: (vi: w)
1.923     nicm     1920: .Xc
                   1921: Move to the next word.
                   1922: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1923: .Ic page-down
                   1924: (vi: C-f)
                   1925: (emacs: PageDown)
1.923     nicm     1926: .Xc
                   1927: Scroll down by one page.
                   1928: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1929: .Ic page-up
                   1930: (vi: C-b)
                   1931: (emacs: PageUp)
1.923     nicm     1932: .Xc
                   1933: Scroll up by one page.
                   1934: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1935: .Ic previous-matching-bracket
                   1936: (emacs: M-C-b)
1.923     nicm     1937: .Xc
                   1938: Move to the previous matching bracket.
                   1939: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1940: .Ic previous-paragraph
                   1941: (vi: {)
                   1942: (emacs: M-{)
1.923     nicm     1943: .Xc
                   1944: Move to the previous paragraph.
                   1945: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1946: .Ic previous-prompt
1.926     nicm     1947: .Op Fl o
1.923     nicm     1948: .Xc
                   1949: Move to the previous prompt.
                   1950: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1951: .Ic previous-word
                   1952: (vi: b)
                   1953: (emacs: M-b)
1.923     nicm     1954: .Xc
                   1955: Move to the previous word.
                   1956: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1957: .Ic rectangle-toggle
                   1958: (vi: v)
                   1959: (emacs: R)
1.923     nicm     1960: .Xc
                   1961: Toggle rectangle selection mode.
                   1962: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1963: .Ic refresh-from-pane
                   1964: (vi: r)
                   1965: (emacs: r)
1.923     nicm     1966: .Xc
                   1967: Refresh the content from the pane.
                   1968: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1969: .Ic search-again
                   1970: (vi: n)
                   1971: (emacs: n)
1.923     nicm     1972: .Xc
                   1973: Repeat the last search.
                   1974: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1975: .Ic search-backward
                   1976: .Ar text
1.924     nicm     1977: (vi: ?)
1.923     nicm     1978: .Xc
                   1979: Search backwards for the specified text.
                   1980: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1981: .Ic search-forward
                   1982: .Ar text
1.924     nicm     1983: (vi: /)
1.923     nicm     1984: .Xc
                   1985: Search forward for the specified text.
                   1986: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1987: .Ic select-line
                   1988: (vi: V)
1.923     nicm     1989: .Xc
                   1990: Select the current line.
                   1991: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1992: .Ic select-word
1.923     nicm     1993: .Xc
                   1994: Select the current word.
                   1995: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1996: .Ic start-of-line
                   1997: (vi: 0)
                   1998: (emacs: C-a)
1.923     nicm     1999: .Xc
                   2000: Move the cursor to the start of the line.
                   2001: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     2002: .Ic top-line
                   2003: (vi: H)
                   2004: (emacs: M-R)
1.923     nicm     2005: .Xc
                   2006: Move to the top line.
                   2007: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     2008: .Ic next-prompt
                   2009: (vi: C-n)
                   2010: (emacs: C-n)
1.923     nicm     2011: .Xc
                   2012: Move to the next prompt.
                   2013: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     2014: .Ic previous-prompt
                   2015: (vi: C-p)
                   2016: (emacs: C-p)
1.923     nicm     2017: .Xc
                   2018: Move to the previous prompt.
1.1       nicm     2019: .El
1.726     nicm     2020: .Pp
                   2021: The search commands come in several varieties:
                   2022: .Ql search-forward
                   2023: and
                   2024: .Ql search-backward
                   2025: search for a regular expression;
                   2026: the
                   2027: .Ql -text
                   2028: variants search for a plain text string rather than a regular expression;
                   2029: .Ql -incremental
                   2030: perform an incremental search and expect to be used with the
                   2031: .Fl i
                   2032: flag to the
                   2033: .Ic command-prompt
                   2034: command.
                   2035: .Ql search-again
                   2036: repeats the last search and
                   2037: .Ql search-reverse
                   2038: does the same but reverses the direction (forward becomes backward and backward
                   2039: becomes forward).
1.922     nicm     2040: .Pp
                   2041: The
                   2042: .Ql next-prompt
                   2043: and
                   2044: .Ql previous-prompt
                   2045: move between shell prompts, but require the shell to emit an escape sequence
                   2046: (\e033]133;A\e033\e\e) to tell
                   2047: .Nm
                   2048: where the prompts are located; if the shell does not do this, these commands
                   2049: will do nothing.
1.926     nicm     2050: The
                   2051: .Fl o
                   2052: flag jumps to the beginning of the command output instead of the shell prompt.
1.589     nicm     2053: .Pp
1.633     nicm     2054: Copy commands may take an optional buffer prefix argument which is used
                   2055: to generate the buffer name (the default is
                   2056: .Ql buffer
                   2057: so buffers are named
                   2058: .Ql buffer0 ,
                   2059: .Ql buffer1
                   2060: and so on).
                   2061: Pipe commands take a command argument which is the command to which the
1.820     nicm     2062: selected text is piped.
                   2063: .Ql copy-pipe
                   2064: variants also copy the selection.
1.589     nicm     2065: The
                   2066: .Ql -and-cancel
                   2067: variants of some commands exit copy mode after they have completed (for copy
                   2068: commands) or when the cursor reaches the bottom (for scrolling commands).
1.638     nicm     2069: .Ql -no-clear
                   2070: variants do not clear the selection.
1.146     nicm     2071: .Pp
1.841     nicm     2072: The next and previous word keys skip over whitespace and treat consecutive
                   2073: runs of either word separators or other letters as words.
                   2074: Word separators can be customized with the
1.154     nicm     2075: .Em word-separators
1.255     nicm     2076: session option.
1.146     nicm     2077: Next word moves to the start of the next word, next word end to the end of the
                   2078: next word and previous word to the start of the previous word.
                   2079: The three next and previous space keys work similarly but use a space alone as
                   2080: the word separator.
1.841     nicm     2081: Setting
                   2082: .Em word-separators
                   2083: to the empty string makes next/previous word equivalent to next/previous space.
1.157     nicm     2084: .Pp
                   2085: The jump commands enable quick movement within a line.
                   2086: For instance, typing
                   2087: .Ql f
                   2088: followed by
                   2089: .Ql /
                   2090: will move the cursor to the next
                   2091: .Ql /
                   2092: character on the current line.
                   2093: A
                   2094: .Ql \&;
                   2095: will then jump to the next occurrence.
1.1       nicm     2096: .Pp
1.155     nicm     2097: Commands in copy mode may be prefaced by an optional repeat count.
                   2098: With vi key bindings, a prefix is entered using the number keys; with
                   2099: emacs, the Alt (meta) key and a number begins prefix entry.
                   2100: .Pp
1.164     nicm     2101: The synopsis for the
                   2102: .Ic copy-mode
                   2103: command is:
1.57      jmc      2104: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   2105: .It Xo Ic copy-mode
1.720     nicm     2106: .Op Fl eHMqu
1.735     nicm     2107: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
1.72      nicm     2108: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      2109: .Xc
                   2110: Enter copy mode.
                   2111: The
                   2112: .Fl u
                   2113: option scrolls one page up.
1.419     nicm     2114: .Fl M
                   2115: begins a mouse drag (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
1.420     jmc      2116: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
1.716     nicm     2117: .Fl H
                   2118: hides the position indicator in the top right.
1.720     nicm     2119: .Fl q
                   2120: cancels copy mode and any other modes.
1.735     nicm     2121: .Fl s
                   2122: copies from
                   2123: .Ar src-pane
                   2124: instead of
1.736     nicm     2125: .Ar target-pane .
1.716     nicm     2126: .Pp
1.450     nicm     2127: .Fl e
                   2128: specifies that scrolling to the bottom of the history (to the visible screen)
                   2129: should exit copy mode.
                   2130: While in copy mode, pressing a key other than those used for scrolling will
                   2131: disable this behaviour.
                   2132: This is intended to allow fast scrolling through a pane's history, for
                   2133: example with:
                   2134: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   2135: bind PageUp copy-mode -eu
                   2136: .Ed
1.57      jmc      2137: .El
1.18      nicm     2138: .Pp
1.916     nicm     2139: A number of preset arrangements of panes are available, these are called
                   2140: layouts.
1.38      nicm     2141: These may be selected with the
                   2142: .Ic select-layout
                   2143: command or cycled with
                   2144: .Ic next-layout
                   2145: (bound to
1.149     nicm     2146: .Ql Space
1.131     nicm     2147: by default); once a layout is chosen, panes within it may be moved and resized
                   2148: as normal.
1.1       nicm     2149: .Pp
                   2150: The following layouts are supported:
                   2151: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   2152: .It Ic even-horizontal
                   2153: Panes are spread out evenly from left to right across the window.
                   2154: .It Ic even-vertical
                   2155: Panes are spread evenly from top to bottom.
1.2       nicm     2156: .It Ic main-horizontal
1.131     nicm     2157: A large (main) pane is shown at the top of the window and the remaining panes
                   2158: are spread from left to right in the leftover space at the bottom.
1.2       nicm     2159: Use the
                   2160: .Em main-pane-height
                   2161: window option to specify the height of the top pane.
1.1       nicm     2162: .It Ic main-vertical
1.2       nicm     2163: Similar to
                   2164: .Ic main-horizontal
                   2165: but the large pane is placed on the left and the others spread from top to
                   2166: bottom along the right.
                   2167: See the
                   2168: .Em main-pane-width
                   2169: window option.
1.165     nicm     2170: .It Ic tiled
                   2171: Panes are spread out as evenly as possible over the window in both rows and
                   2172: columns.
1.1       nicm     2173: .El
1.8       nicm     2174: .Pp
1.181     nicm     2175: In addition,
                   2176: .Ic select-layout
                   2177: may be used to apply a previously used layout - the
                   2178: .Ic list-windows
                   2179: command displays the layout of each window in a form suitable for use with
                   2180: .Ic select-layout .
                   2181: For example:
                   2182: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   2183: $ tmux list-windows
                   2184: 0: ksh [159x48]
                   2185:     layout: bb62,159x48,0,0{79x48,0,0,79x48,80,0}
1.911     nicm     2186: $ tmux select-layout 'bb62,159x48,0,0{79x48,0,0,79x48,80,0}'
1.181     nicm     2187: .Ed
1.196     nicm     2188: .Pp
1.181     nicm     2189: .Nm
                   2190: automatically adjusts the size of the layout for the current window size.
                   2191: Note that a layout cannot be applied to a window with more panes than that
                   2192: from which the layout was originally defined.
                   2193: .Pp
1.57      jmc      2194: Commands related to windows and panes are as follows:
                   2195: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       2196: .Tg breakp
1.57      jmc      2197: .It Xo Ic break-pane
1.784     nicm     2198: .Op Fl abdP
1.280     nicm     2199: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.532     nicm     2200: .Op Fl n Ar window-name
1.440     nicm     2201: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
1.480     nicm     2202: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
1.57      jmc      2203: .Xc
1.870     kn       2204: .D1 Pq alias: Ic breakp
1.57      jmc      2205: Break
1.440     nicm     2206: .Ar src-pane
                   2207: off from its containing window to make it the only pane in
                   2208: .Ar dst-window .
1.749     nicm     2209: With
1.784     nicm     2210: .Fl a
                   2211: or
                   2212: .Fl b ,
                   2213: the window is moved to the next index after or before (existing windows are
                   2214: moved if necessary).
1.57      jmc      2215: If
                   2216: .Fl d
                   2217: is given, the new window does not become the current window.
1.280     nicm     2218: The
                   2219: .Fl P
                   2220: option prints information about the new window after it has been created.
                   2221: By default, it uses the format
1.798     nicm     2222: .Ql #{session_name}:#{window_index}.#{pane_index}
1.280     nicm     2223: but a different format may be specified with
                   2224: .Fl F .
1.858     kn       2225: .Tg capturep
1.128     nicm     2226: .It Xo Ic capture-pane
1.902     nicm     2227: .Op Fl aAepPqCJN
1.392     nicm     2228: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.213     nicm     2229: .Op Fl E Ar end-line
                   2230: .Op Fl S Ar start-line
1.128     nicm     2231: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2232: .Xc
1.870     kn       2233: .D1 Pq alias: Ic capturep
1.322     nicm     2234: Capture the contents of a pane.
                   2235: If
                   2236: .Fl p
1.325     nicm     2237: is given, the output goes to stdout, otherwise to the buffer specified with
1.322     nicm     2238: .Fl b
                   2239: or a new buffer if omitted.
1.339     nicm     2240: If
                   2241: .Fl a
                   2242: is given, the alternate screen is used, and the history is not accessible.
1.340     nicm     2243: If no alternate screen exists, an error will be returned unless
                   2244: .Fl q
                   2245: is given.
1.326     nicm     2246: If
                   2247: .Fl e
1.328     nicm     2248: is given, the output includes escape sequences for text and background
                   2249: attributes.
                   2250: .Fl C
1.330     nicm     2251: also escapes non-printable characters as octal \exxx.
1.902     nicm     2252: .Fl T
                   2253: ignores trailing positions that do not contain a character.
1.680     nicm     2254: .Fl N
                   2255: preserves trailing spaces at each line's end and
1.328     nicm     2256: .Fl J
1.902     nicm     2257: preserves trailing spaces and joins any wrapped lines;
                   2258: .Fl J
                   2259: implies
                   2260: .Fl T .
1.346     nicm     2261: .Fl P
                   2262: captures only any output that the pane has received that is the beginning of an
                   2263: as-yet incomplete escape sequence.
1.213     nicm     2264: .Pp
                   2265: .Fl S
                   2266: and
                   2267: .Fl E
                   2268: specify the starting and ending line numbers, zero is the first line of the
                   2269: visible pane and negative numbers are lines in the history.
1.397     nicm     2270: .Ql -
                   2271: to
                   2272: .Fl S
                   2273: is the start of the history and to
                   2274: .Fl E
                   2275: the end of the visible pane.
1.213     nicm     2276: The default is to capture only the visible contents of the pane.
1.76      nicm     2277: .It Xo
                   2278: .Ic choose-client
1.682     nicm     2279: .Op Fl NrZ
1.572     nicm     2280: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.562     nicm     2281: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.833     nicm     2282: .Op Fl K Ar key-format
1.561     nicm     2283: .Op Fl O Ar sort-order
1.555     nicm     2284: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.76      nicm     2285: .Op Ar template
                   2286: .Xc
1.555     nicm     2287: Put a pane into client mode, allowing a client to be selected interactively from
                   2288: a list.
1.833     nicm     2289: Each client is shown on one line.
                   2290: A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
                   2291: or the list may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
                   2292: the keys below.
1.593     nicm     2293: .Fl Z
                   2294: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     2295: The following keys may be used in client mode:
                   2296: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   2297: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   2298: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected client"
                   2299: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous client"
                   2300: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next client"
1.559     nicm     2301: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
                   2302: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
1.555     nicm     2303: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if client is tagged"
                   2304: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no clients"
                   2305: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all clients"
                   2306: .It Li "d" Ta "Detach selected client"
                   2307: .It Li "D" Ta "Detach tagged clients"
                   2308: .It Li "x" Ta "Detach and HUP selected client"
                   2309: .It Li "X" Ta "Detach and HUP tagged clients"
                   2310: .It Li "z" Ta "Suspend selected client"
                   2311: .It Li "Z" Ta "Suspend tagged clients"
1.562     nicm     2312: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
1.682     nicm     2313: .It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
                   2314: .It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
1.576     nicm     2315: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
1.555     nicm     2316: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   2317: .El
                   2318: .Pp
1.76      nicm     2319: After a client is chosen,
                   2320: .Ql %%
1.555     nicm     2321: is replaced by the client name in
1.76      nicm     2322: .Ar template
                   2323: and the result executed as a command.
                   2324: If
                   2325: .Ar template
                   2326: is not given, "detach-client -t '%%'" is used.
1.555     nicm     2327: .Pp
1.561     nicm     2328: .Fl O
1.682     nicm     2329: specifies the initial sort field: one of
1.561     nicm     2330: .Ql name ,
                   2331: .Ql size ,
1.895     nicm     2332: .Ql creation
                   2333: (time),
1.561     nicm     2334: or
1.895     nicm     2335: .Ql activity
                   2336: (time).
1.682     nicm     2337: .Fl r
                   2338: reverses the sort order.
1.562     nicm     2339: .Fl f
1.579     nicm     2340: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   2341: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   2342: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
1.572     nicm     2343: .Fl F
1.833     nicm     2344: specifies the format for each item in the list and
                   2345: .Fl K
                   2346: a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
1.576     nicm     2347: .Fl N
                   2348: starts without the preview.
1.314     nicm     2349: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.76      nicm     2350: .It Xo
1.555     nicm     2351: .Ic choose-tree
1.682     nicm     2352: .Op Fl GNrswZ
1.572     nicm     2353: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.562     nicm     2354: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.833     nicm     2355: .Op Fl K Ar key-format
1.561     nicm     2356: .Op Fl O Ar sort-order
1.555     nicm     2357: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.76      nicm     2358: .Op Ar template
                   2359: .Xc
1.555     nicm     2360: Put a pane into tree mode, where a session, window or pane may be chosen
1.833     nicm     2361: interactively from a tree.
                   2362: Each session, window or pane is shown on one line.
                   2363: A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
                   2364: or the tree may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
                   2365: the keys below.
1.298     nicm     2366: .Fl s
1.555     nicm     2367: starts with sessions collapsed and
1.298     nicm     2368: .Fl w
1.555     nicm     2369: with windows collapsed.
1.593     nicm     2370: .Fl Z
                   2371: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     2372: The following keys may be used in tree mode:
                   2373: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   2374: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   2375: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected item"
                   2376: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
                   2377: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
1.763     nicm     2378: .It Li "+" Ta "Expand selected item"
                   2379: .It Li "-" Ta "Collapse selected item"
                   2380: .It Li "M-+" Ta "Expand all items"
                   2381: .It Li "M--" Ta "Collapse all items"
1.594     nicm     2382: .It Li "x" Ta "Kill selected item"
                   2383: .It Li "X" Ta "Kill tagged items"
1.566     nicm     2384: .It Li "<" Ta "Scroll list of previews left"
                   2385: .It Li ">" Ta "Scroll list of previews right"
1.559     nicm     2386: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
1.749     nicm     2387: .It Li "m" Ta "Set the marked pane"
                   2388: .It Li "M" Ta "Clear the marked pane"
1.559     nicm     2389: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
1.555     nicm     2390: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if item is tagged"
                   2391: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no items"
                   2392: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all items"
1.557     nicm     2393: .It Li "\&:" Ta "Run a command for each tagged item"
1.555     nicm     2394: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
1.749     nicm     2395: .It Li "H" Ta "Jump to the starting pane"
1.682     nicm     2396: .It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
                   2397: .It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
1.576     nicm     2398: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
1.555     nicm     2399: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   2400: .El
1.320     nicm     2401: .Pp
1.844     nicm     2402: After a session, window or pane is chosen, the first instance of
1.76      nicm     2403: .Ql %%
1.844     nicm     2404: and all instances of
                   2405: .Ql %1
                   2406: are replaced by the target in
1.76      nicm     2407: .Ar template
                   2408: and the result executed as a command.
                   2409: If
                   2410: .Ar template
1.555     nicm     2411: is not given, "switch-client -t '%%'" is used.
                   2412: .Pp
1.561     nicm     2413: .Fl O
1.682     nicm     2414: specifies the initial sort field: one of
1.561     nicm     2415: .Ql index ,
                   2416: .Ql name ,
                   2417: or
1.895     nicm     2418: .Ql time
                   2419: (activity).
1.682     nicm     2420: .Fl r
                   2421: reverses the sort order.
1.562     nicm     2422: .Fl f
1.579     nicm     2423: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   2424: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   2425: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
1.572     nicm     2426: .Fl F
1.833     nicm     2427: specifies the format for each item in the tree and
                   2428: .Fl K
                   2429: a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
1.576     nicm     2430: .Fl N
                   2431: starts without the preview.
1.586     nicm     2432: .Fl G
                   2433: includes all sessions in any session groups in the tree rather than only the
                   2434: first.
1.766     nicm     2435: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
                   2436: .It Xo
                   2437: .Ic customize-mode
                   2438: .Op Fl NZ
                   2439: .Op Fl F Ar format
                   2440: .Op Fl f Ar filter
                   2441: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2442: .Op Ar template
                   2443: .Xc
                   2444: Put a pane into customize mode, where options and key bindings may be browsed
                   2445: and modified from a list.
                   2446: Option values in the list are shown for the active pane in the current window.
                   2447: .Fl Z
                   2448: zooms the pane.
                   2449: The following keys may be used in customize mode:
                   2450: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   2451: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   2452: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Set pane, window, session or global option value"
                   2453: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
                   2454: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
                   2455: .It Li "+" Ta "Expand selected item"
                   2456: .It Li "-" Ta "Collapse selected item"
                   2457: .It Li "M-+" Ta "Expand all items"
                   2458: .It Li "M--" Ta "Collapse all items"
                   2459: .It Li "s" Ta "Set option value or key attribute"
                   2460: .It Li "S" Ta "Set global option value"
                   2461: .It Li "w" Ta "Set window option value, if option is for pane and window"
1.785     nicm     2462: .It Li "d" Ta "Set an option or key to the default"
                   2463: .It Li "D" Ta "Set tagged options and tagged keys to the default"
1.766     nicm     2464: .It Li "u" Ta "Unset an option (set to default value if global) or unbind a key"
                   2465: .It Li "U" Ta "Unset tagged options and unbind tagged keys"
                   2466: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
                   2467: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
                   2468: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if item is tagged"
                   2469: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no items"
                   2470: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all items"
                   2471: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
                   2472: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle option information"
                   2473: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   2474: .El
                   2475: .Pp
                   2476: .Fl f
                   2477: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   2478: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   2479: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
                   2480: .Fl F
                   2481: specifies the format for each item in the tree.
                   2482: .Fl N
                   2483: starts without the option information.
1.314     nicm     2484: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.491     nicm     2485: .It Xo
1.858     kn       2486: .Tg displayp
1.491     nicm     2487: .Ic display-panes
1.804     nicm     2488: .Op Fl bN
1.573     nicm     2489: .Op Fl d Ar duration
1.491     nicm     2490: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   2491: .Op Ar template
                   2492: .Xc
1.870     kn       2493: .D1 Pq alias: Ic displayp
1.78      nicm     2494: Display a visible indicator of each pane shown by
                   2495: .Ar target-client .
                   2496: See the
1.573     nicm     2497: .Ic display-panes-colour
1.78      nicm     2498: and
1.145     nicm     2499: .Ic display-panes-active-colour
1.78      nicm     2500: session options.
1.804     nicm     2501: The indicator is closed when a key is pressed (unless
1.805     nicm     2502: .Fl N
                   2503: is given) or
1.573     nicm     2504: .Ar duration
                   2505: milliseconds have passed.
                   2506: If
                   2507: .Fl d
                   2508: is not given,
                   2509: .Ic display-panes-time
                   2510: is used.
                   2511: A duration of zero means the indicator stays until a key is pressed.
1.491     nicm     2512: While the indicator is on screen, a pane may be chosen with the
1.84      nicm     2513: .Ql 0
                   2514: to
                   2515: .Ql 9
1.491     nicm     2516: keys, which will cause
                   2517: .Ar template
                   2518: to be executed as a command with
                   2519: .Ql %%
                   2520: substituted by the pane ID.
                   2521: The default
                   2522: .Ar template
                   2523: is "select-pane -t '%%'".
1.616     nicm     2524: With
                   2525: .Fl b ,
                   2526: other commands are not blocked from running until the indicator is closed.
1.858     kn       2527: .Tg findw
1.57      jmc      2528: .It Xo Ic find-window
1.775     nicm     2529: .Op Fl iCNrTZ
1.555     nicm     2530: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      2531: .Ar match-string
                   2532: .Xc
1.870     kn       2533: .D1 Pq alias: Ic findw
1.670     nicm     2534: Search for a
1.57      jmc      2535: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.670     nicm     2536: pattern or, with
                   2537: .Fl r ,
                   2538: regular expression
1.57      jmc      2539: .Ar match-string
                   2540: in window names, titles, and visible content (but not history).
1.285     nicm     2541: The flags control matching behavior:
                   2542: .Fl C
                   2543: matches only visible window contents,
                   2544: .Fl N
                   2545: matches only the window name and
                   2546: .Fl T
                   2547: matches only the window title.
1.775     nicm     2548: .Fl i
                   2549: makes the search ignore case.
1.285     nicm     2550: The default is
                   2551: .Fl CNT .
1.608     nicm     2552: .Fl Z
                   2553: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     2554: .Pp
1.314     nicm     2555: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.858     kn       2556: .Tg joinp
1.137     nicm     2557: .It Xo Ic join-pane
1.697     nicm     2558: .Op Fl bdfhv
1.690     nicm     2559: .Op Fl l Ar size
1.137     nicm     2560: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
                   2561: .Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
                   2562: .Xc
1.870     kn       2563: .D1 Pq alias: Ic joinp
1.137     nicm     2564: Like
                   2565: .Ic split-window ,
                   2566: but instead of splitting
                   2567: .Ar dst-pane
                   2568: and creating a new pane, split it and move
                   2569: .Ar src-pane
                   2570: into the space.
                   2571: This can be used to reverse
                   2572: .Ic break-pane .
1.277     nicm     2573: The
                   2574: .Fl b
                   2575: option causes
                   2576: .Ar src-pane
                   2577: to be joined to left of or above
                   2578: .Ar dst-pane .
1.432     nicm     2579: .Pp
                   2580: If
                   2581: .Fl s
                   2582: is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
                   2583: .Ic select-pane
                   2584: .Fl m ) ,
                   2585: the marked pane is used rather than the current pane.
1.858     kn       2586: .Tg killp
1.112     nicm     2587: .It Xo Ic kill-pane
                   2588: .Op Fl a
                   2589: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2590: .Xc
1.870     kn       2591: .D1 Pq alias: Ic killp
1.57      jmc      2592: Destroy the given pane.
                   2593: If no panes remain in the containing window, it is also destroyed.
1.112     nicm     2594: The
                   2595: .Fl a
                   2596: option kills all but the pane given with
                   2597: .Fl t .
1.858     kn       2598: .Tg killw
1.289     nicm     2599: .It Xo Ic kill-window
                   2600: .Op Fl a
                   2601: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2602: .Xc
1.870     kn       2603: .D1 Pq alias: Ic killw
1.57      jmc      2604: Kill the current window or the window at
                   2605: .Ar target-window ,
1.1       nicm     2606: removing it from any sessions to which it is linked.
1.289     nicm     2607: The
                   2608: .Fl a
                   2609: option kills all but the window given with
                   2610: .Fl t .
1.858     kn       2611: .Tg lastp
1.398     nicm     2612: .It Xo Ic last-pane
1.681     nicm     2613: .Op Fl deZ
1.398     nicm     2614: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2615: .Xc
1.870     kn       2616: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lastp
1.187     nicm     2617: Select the last (previously selected) pane.
1.681     nicm     2618: .Fl Z
                   2619: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.398     nicm     2620: .Fl e
                   2621: enables or
                   2622: .Fl d
                   2623: disables input to the pane.
1.858     kn       2624: .Tg last
1.56      jmc      2625: .It Ic last-window Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.870     kn       2626: .D1 Pq alias: Ic last
1.1       nicm     2627: Select the last (previously selected) window.
                   2628: If no
                   2629: .Ar target-session
                   2630: is specified, select the last window of the current session.
1.858     kn       2631: .Tg link
1.1       nicm     2632: .It Xo Ic link-window
1.784     nicm     2633: .Op Fl abdk
1.1       nicm     2634: .Op Fl s Ar src-window
                   2635: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
                   2636: .Xc
1.870     kn       2637: .D1 Pq alias: Ic linkw
1.1       nicm     2638: Link the window at
                   2639: .Ar src-window
                   2640: to the specified
                   2641: .Ar dst-window .
                   2642: If
                   2643: .Ar dst-window
                   2644: is specified and no such window exists, the
                   2645: .Ar src-window
                   2646: is linked there.
1.439     nicm     2647: With
1.784     nicm     2648: .Fl a
                   2649: or
                   2650: .Fl b
                   2651: the window is moved to the next index after or before
                   2652: .Ar dst-window
                   2653: (existing windows are moved if necessary).
1.1       nicm     2654: If
                   2655: .Fl k
                   2656: is given and
                   2657: .Ar dst-window
                   2658: exists, it is killed, otherwise an error is generated.
                   2659: If
                   2660: .Fl d
                   2661: is given, the newly linked window is not selected.
1.858     kn       2662: .Tg lsp
1.214     nicm     2663: .It Xo Ic list-panes
                   2664: .Op Fl as
1.245     nicm     2665: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.738     nicm     2666: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.214     nicm     2667: .Op Fl t Ar target
                   2668: .Xc
1.870     kn       2669: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsp
1.214     nicm     2670: If
                   2671: .Fl a
                   2672: is given,
                   2673: .Ar target
                   2674: is ignored and all panes on the server are listed.
                   2675: If
                   2676: .Fl s
                   2677: is given,
                   2678: .Ar target
                   2679: is a session (or the current session).
                   2680: If neither is given,
                   2681: .Ar target
                   2682: is a window (or the current window).
1.247     nicm     2683: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     2684: specifies the format of each line and
                   2685: .Fl f
                   2686: a filter.
                   2687: Only panes for which the filter is true are shown.
                   2688: See the
1.247     nicm     2689: .Sx FORMATS
                   2690: section.
1.858     kn       2691: .Tg lsw
1.214     nicm     2692: .It Xo Ic list-windows
                   2693: .Op Fl a
1.245     nicm     2694: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.738     nicm     2695: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.214     nicm     2696: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   2697: .Xc
1.870     kn       2698: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsw
1.214     nicm     2699: If
                   2700: .Fl a
                   2701: is given, list all windows on the server.
                   2702: Otherwise, list windows in the current session or in
1.1       nicm     2703: .Ar target-session .
1.245     nicm     2704: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     2705: specifies the format of each line and
                   2706: .Fl f
                   2707: a filter.
                   2708: Only windows for which the filter is true are shown.
                   2709: See the
1.245     nicm     2710: .Sx FORMATS
                   2711: section.
1.858     kn       2712: .Tg movep
1.277     nicm     2713: .It Xo Ic move-pane
1.749     nicm     2714: .Op Fl bdfhv
1.690     nicm     2715: .Op Fl l Ar size
1.277     nicm     2716: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
                   2717: .Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
                   2718: .Xc
1.870     kn       2719: .D1 Pq alias: Ic movep
1.749     nicm     2720: Does the same as
                   2721: .Ic join-pane .
1.858     kn       2722: .Tg movew
1.1       nicm     2723: .It Xo Ic move-window
1.784     nicm     2724: .Op Fl abrdk
1.1       nicm     2725: .Op Fl s Ar src-window
                   2726: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
                   2727: .Xc
1.870     kn       2728: .D1 Pq alias: Ic movew
1.1       nicm     2729: This is similar to
                   2730: .Ic link-window ,
                   2731: except the window at
                   2732: .Ar src-window
                   2733: is moved to
                   2734: .Ar dst-window .
1.291     nicm     2735: With
                   2736: .Fl r ,
                   2737: all windows in the session are renumbered in sequential order, respecting
                   2738: the
                   2739: .Ic base-index
                   2740: option.
1.858     kn       2741: .Tg neww
1.1       nicm     2742: .It Xo Ic new-window
1.817     nicm     2743: .Op Fl abdkPS
1.272     nicm     2744: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2745: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.351     nicm     2746: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.1       nicm     2747: .Op Fl n Ar window-name
                   2748: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
1.153     nicm     2749: .Op Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm     2750: .Xc
1.870     kn       2751: .D1 Pq alias: Ic neww
1.1       nicm     2752: Create a new window.
1.160     nicm     2753: With
1.784     nicm     2754: .Fl a
                   2755: or
                   2756: .Fl b ,
                   2757: the new window is inserted at the next index after or before the specified
1.160     nicm     2758: .Ar target-window ,
1.784     nicm     2759: moving windows up if necessary;
1.160     nicm     2760: otherwise
                   2761: .Ar target-window
                   2762: is the new window location.
                   2763: .Pp
1.1       nicm     2764: If
                   2765: .Fl d
                   2766: is given, the session does not make the new window the current window.
                   2767: .Ar target-window
1.28      nicm     2768: represents the window to be created; if the target already exists an error is
                   2769: shown, unless the
                   2770: .Fl k
                   2771: flag is used, in which case it is destroyed.
1.817     nicm     2772: If
                   2773: .Fl S
                   2774: is given and a window named
                   2775: .Ar window-name
                   2776: already exists, it is selected (unless
                   2777: .Fl d
                   2778: is also given in which case the command does nothing).
                   2779: .Pp
1.153     nicm     2780: .Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm     2781: is the command to execute.
                   2782: If
1.153     nicm     2783: .Ar shell-command
                   2784: is not specified, the value of the
                   2785: .Ic default-command
                   2786: option is used.
1.272     nicm     2787: .Fl c
                   2788: specifies the working directory in which the new window is created.
1.153     nicm     2789: .Pp
                   2790: When the shell command completes, the window closes.
                   2791: See the
                   2792: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   2793: option to change this behaviour.
1.1       nicm     2794: .Pp
1.641     nicm     2795: .Fl e
                   2796: takes the form
                   2797: .Ql VARIABLE=value
                   2798: and sets an environment variable for the newly created window; it may be
                   2799: specified multiple times.
                   2800: .Pp
1.1       nicm     2801: The
                   2802: .Ev TERM
                   2803: environment variable must be set to
1.523     nicm     2804: .Ql screen
                   2805: or
                   2806: .Ql tmux
1.1       nicm     2807: for all programs running
                   2808: .Em inside
                   2809: .Nm .
                   2810: New windows will automatically have
1.523     nicm     2811: .Ql TERM=screen
1.1       nicm     2812: added to their environment, but care must be taken not to reset this in shell
1.641     nicm     2813: start-up files or by the
                   2814: .Fl e
                   2815: option.
1.201     nicm     2816: .Pp
                   2817: The
                   2818: .Fl P
1.279     nicm     2819: option prints information about the new window after it has been created.
                   2820: By default, it uses the format
                   2821: .Ql #{session_name}:#{window_index}
                   2822: but a different format may be specified with
                   2823: .Fl F .
1.858     kn       2824: .Tg nextl
1.56      jmc      2825: .It Ic next-layout Op Fl t Ar target-window
1.870     kn       2826: .D1 Pq alias: Ic nextl
1.1       nicm     2827: Move a window to the next layout and rearrange the panes to fit.
1.858     kn       2828: .Tg next
1.1       nicm     2829: .It Xo Ic next-window
1.9       nicm     2830: .Op Fl a
1.1       nicm     2831: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   2832: .Xc
1.870     kn       2833: .D1 Pq alias: Ic next
1.1       nicm     2834: Move to the next window in the session.
1.9       nicm     2835: If
1.12      jmc      2836: .Fl a
1.295     nicm     2837: is used, move to the next window with an alert.
1.858     kn       2838: .Tg pipep
1.107     nicm     2839: .It Xo Ic pipe-pane
1.591     nicm     2840: .Op Fl IOo
1.107     nicm     2841: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.153     nicm     2842: .Op Ar shell-command
1.107     nicm     2843: .Xc
1.870     kn       2844: .D1 Pq alias: Ic pipep
1.591     nicm     2845: Pipe output sent by the program in
1.107     nicm     2846: .Ar target-pane
1.591     nicm     2847: to a shell command or vice versa.
                   2848: A pane may only be connected to one command at a time, any existing pipe is
1.107     nicm     2849: closed before
1.153     nicm     2850: .Ar shell-command
1.107     nicm     2851: is executed.
1.174     nicm     2852: The
                   2853: .Ar shell-command
                   2854: string may contain the special character sequences supported by the
                   2855: .Ic status-left
1.231     nicm     2856: option.
1.107     nicm     2857: If no
1.153     nicm     2858: .Ar shell-command
1.107     nicm     2859: is given, the current pipe (if any) is closed.
1.591     nicm     2860: .Pp
                   2861: .Fl I
                   2862: and
                   2863: .Fl O
                   2864: specify which of the
                   2865: .Ar shell-command
                   2866: output streams are connected to the pane:
                   2867: with
                   2868: .Fl I
                   2869: stdout is connected (so anything
                   2870: .Ar shell-command
                   2871: prints is written to the pane as if it were typed);
                   2872: with
                   2873: .Fl O
                   2874: stdin is connected (so any output in the pane is piped to
                   2875: .Ar shell-command ) .
                   2876: Both may be used together and if neither are specified,
                   2877: .Fl O
                   2878: is used.
1.107     nicm     2879: .Pp
                   2880: The
                   2881: .Fl o
                   2882: option only opens a new pipe if no previous pipe exists, allowing a pipe to
                   2883: be toggled with a single key, for example:
                   2884: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.174     nicm     2885: bind-key C-p pipe-pane -o 'cat >>~/output.#I-#P'
1.107     nicm     2886: .Ed
1.858     kn       2887: .Tg prevl
1.176     nicm     2888: .It Xo Ic previous-layout
                   2889: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2890: .Xc
1.870     kn       2891: .D1 Pq alias: Ic prevl
1.176     nicm     2892: Move to the previous layout in the session.
1.858     kn       2893: .Tg prev
1.1       nicm     2894: .It Xo Ic previous-window
1.9       nicm     2895: .Op Fl a
1.1       nicm     2896: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   2897: .Xc
1.870     kn       2898: .D1 Pq alias: Ic prev
1.1       nicm     2899: Move to the previous window in the session.
1.9       nicm     2900: With
                   2901: .Fl a ,
1.295     nicm     2902: move to the previous window with an alert.
1.858     kn       2903: .Tg renamew
1.1       nicm     2904: .It Xo Ic rename-window
                   2905: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2906: .Ar new-name
                   2907: .Xc
1.870     kn       2908: .D1 Pq alias: Ic renamew
1.1       nicm     2909: Rename the current window, or the window at
                   2910: .Ar target-window
                   2911: if specified, to
                   2912: .Ar new-name .
1.858     kn       2913: .Tg resizep
1.1       nicm     2914: .It Xo Ic resize-pane
1.727     nicm     2915: .Op Fl DLMRTUZ
1.52      nicm     2916: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.324     nicm     2917: .Op Fl x Ar width
                   2918: .Op Fl y Ar height
1.1       nicm     2919: .Op Ar adjustment
                   2920: .Xc
1.870     kn       2921: .D1 Pq alias: Ic resizep
1.324     nicm     2922: Resize a pane, up, down, left or right by
                   2923: .Ar adjustment
                   2924: with
                   2925: .Fl U ,
1.57      jmc      2926: .Fl D ,
                   2927: .Fl L
1.324     nicm     2928: or
                   2929: .Fl R ,
                   2930: or
                   2931: to an absolute size
                   2932: with
                   2933: .Fl x
                   2934: or
                   2935: .Fl y .
1.57      jmc      2936: The
                   2937: .Ar adjustment
1.690     nicm     2938: is given in lines or columns (the default is 1);
                   2939: .Fl x
                   2940: and
                   2941: .Fl y
                   2942: may be a given as a number of lines or columns or followed by
                   2943: .Ql %
                   2944: for a percentage of the window size (for example
                   2945: .Ql -x 10% ) .
1.337     nicm     2946: With
                   2947: .Fl Z ,
1.349     nicm     2948: the active pane is toggled between zoomed (occupying the whole of the window)
                   2949: and unzoomed (its normal position in the layout).
1.419     nicm     2950: .Pp
                   2951: .Fl M
                   2952: begins mouse resizing (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
1.420     jmc      2953: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
1.729     nicm     2954: .Pp
                   2955: .Fl T
1.727     nicm     2956: trims all lines below the current cursor position and moves lines out of the
                   2957: history to replace them.
1.858     kn       2958: .Tg resizew
1.629     nicm     2959: .It Xo Ic resize-window
                   2960: .Op Fl aADLRU
                   2961: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2962: .Op Fl x Ar width
                   2963: .Op Fl y Ar height
                   2964: .Op Ar adjustment
                   2965: .Xc
1.870     kn       2966: .D1 Pq alias: Ic resizew
1.629     nicm     2967: Resize a window, up, down, left or right by
                   2968: .Ar adjustment
                   2969: with
                   2970: .Fl U ,
                   2971: .Fl D ,
                   2972: .Fl L
                   2973: or
                   2974: .Fl R ,
                   2975: or
                   2976: to an absolute size
                   2977: with
                   2978: .Fl x
                   2979: or
                   2980: .Fl y .
                   2981: The
                   2982: .Ar adjustment
                   2983: is given in lines or cells (the default is 1).
                   2984: .Fl A
                   2985: sets the size of the largest session containing the window;
                   2986: .Fl a
                   2987: the size of the smallest.
                   2988: This command will automatically set
                   2989: .Ic window-size
                   2990: to manual in the window options.
1.858     kn       2991: .Tg respawnp
1.234     nicm     2992: .It Xo Ic respawn-pane
1.641     nicm     2993: .Op Fl k
1.568     nicm     2994: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2995: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.234     nicm     2996: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2997: .Op Ar shell-command
                   2998: .Xc
1.870     kn       2999: .D1 Pq alias: Ic respawnp
1.234     nicm     3000: Reactivate a pane in which the command has exited (see the
                   3001: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   3002: window option).
                   3003: If
                   3004: .Ar shell-command
1.777     nicm     3005: is not given, the command used when the pane was created or last respawned is
                   3006: executed.
1.234     nicm     3007: The pane must be already inactive, unless
                   3008: .Fl k
                   3009: is given, in which case any existing command is killed.
1.568     nicm     3010: .Fl c
                   3011: specifies a new working directory for the pane.
1.641     nicm     3012: The
                   3013: .Fl e
                   3014: option has the same meaning as for the
                   3015: .Ic new-window
                   3016: command.
1.858     kn       3017: .Tg respawnw
1.57      jmc      3018: .It Xo Ic respawn-window
1.641     nicm     3019: .Op Fl k
1.568     nicm     3020: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     3021: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.57      jmc      3022: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
1.153     nicm     3023: .Op Ar shell-command
1.57      jmc      3024: .Xc
1.870     kn       3025: .D1 Pq alias: Ic respawnw
1.153     nicm     3026: Reactivate a window in which the command has exited (see the
1.57      jmc      3027: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   3028: window option).
                   3029: If
1.153     nicm     3030: .Ar shell-command
1.777     nicm     3031: is not given, the command used when the window was created or last respawned is
                   3032: executed.
1.57      jmc      3033: The window must be already inactive, unless
                   3034: .Fl k
                   3035: is given, in which case any existing command is killed.
1.568     nicm     3036: .Fl c
                   3037: specifies a new working directory for the window.
1.641     nicm     3038: The
                   3039: .Fl e
                   3040: option has the same meaning as for the
                   3041: .Ic new-window
                   3042: command.
1.858     kn       3043: .Tg rotatew
1.57      jmc      3044: .It Xo Ic rotate-window
1.681     nicm     3045: .Op Fl DUZ
1.57      jmc      3046: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   3047: .Xc
1.870     kn       3048: .D1 Pq alias: Ic rotatew
1.57      jmc      3049: Rotate the positions of the panes within a window, either upward (numerically
                   3050: lower) with
                   3051: .Fl U
                   3052: or downward (numerically higher).
1.681     nicm     3053: .Fl Z
                   3054: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.858     kn       3055: .Tg selectl
1.57      jmc      3056: .It Xo Ic select-layout
1.588     nicm     3057: .Op Fl Enop
                   3058: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      3059: .Op Ar layout-name
                   3060: .Xc
1.870     kn       3061: .D1 Pq alias: Ic selectl
1.57      jmc      3062: Choose a specific layout for a window.
                   3063: If
                   3064: .Ar layout-name
1.181     nicm     3065: is not given, the last preset layout used (if any) is reapplied.
1.204     nicm     3066: .Fl n
                   3067: and
                   3068: .Fl p
                   3069: are equivalent to the
                   3070: .Ic next-layout
                   3071: and
                   3072: .Ic previous-layout
                   3073: commands.
1.424     nicm     3074: .Fl o
                   3075: applies the last set layout if possible (undoes the most recent layout change).
1.588     nicm     3076: .Fl E
                   3077: spreads the current pane and any panes next to it out evenly.
1.858     kn       3078: .Tg selectp
1.156     nicm     3079: .It Xo Ic select-pane
1.681     nicm     3080: .Op Fl DdeLlMmRUZ
1.577     nicm     3081: .Op Fl T Ar title
1.156     nicm     3082: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   3083: .Xc
1.870     kn       3084: .D1 Pq alias: Ic selectp
1.57      jmc      3085: Make pane
                   3086: .Ar target-pane
1.774     nicm     3087: the active pane in its window.
1.156     nicm     3088: If one of
                   3089: .Fl D ,
                   3090: .Fl L ,
                   3091: .Fl R ,
                   3092: or
                   3093: .Fl U
                   3094: is used, respectively the pane below, to the left, to the right, or above the
                   3095: target pane is used.
1.681     nicm     3096: .Fl Z
                   3097: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.204     nicm     3098: .Fl l
                   3099: is the same as using the
                   3100: .Ic last-pane
                   3101: command.
1.398     nicm     3102: .Fl e
                   3103: enables or
                   3104: .Fl d
                   3105: disables input to the pane.
1.668     nicm     3106: .Fl T
                   3107: sets the pane title.
1.418     nicm     3108: .Pp
1.432     nicm     3109: .Fl m
                   3110: and
                   3111: .Fl M
                   3112: are used to set and clear the
                   3113: .Em marked pane .
                   3114: There is one marked pane at a time, setting a new marked pane clears the last.
                   3115: The marked pane is the default target for
                   3116: .Fl s
                   3117: to
                   3118: .Ic join-pane ,
1.783     nicm     3119: .Ic move-pane ,
1.432     nicm     3120: .Ic swap-pane
                   3121: and
                   3122: .Ic swap-window .
1.858     kn       3123: .Tg selectw
1.204     nicm     3124: .It Xo Ic select-window
1.310     nicm     3125: .Op Fl lnpT
1.204     nicm     3126: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   3127: .Xc
1.870     kn       3128: .D1 Pq alias: Ic selectw
1.57      jmc      3129: Select the window at
                   3130: .Ar target-window .
1.204     nicm     3131: .Fl l ,
                   3132: .Fl n
                   3133: and
                   3134: .Fl p
                   3135: are equivalent to the
                   3136: .Ic last-window ,
                   3137: .Ic next-window
                   3138: and
                   3139: .Ic previous-window
                   3140: commands.
1.310     nicm     3141: If
                   3142: .Fl T
                   3143: is given and the selected window is already the current window,
                   3144: the command behaves like
                   3145: .Ic last-window .
1.858     kn       3146: .Tg splitw
1.57      jmc      3147: .It Xo Ic split-window
1.828     nicm     3148: .Op Fl bdfhIvPZ
1.272     nicm     3149: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     3150: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.690     nicm     3151: .Op Fl l Ar size
1.136     nicm     3152: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.153     nicm     3153: .Op Ar shell-command
1.279     nicm     3154: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.57      jmc      3155: .Xc
1.870     kn       3156: .D1 Pq alias: Ic splitw
1.136     nicm     3157: Create a new pane by splitting
                   3158: .Ar target-pane :
1.57      jmc      3159: .Fl h
                   3160: does a horizontal split and
                   3161: .Fl v
                   3162: a vertical split; if neither is specified,
                   3163: .Fl v
                   3164: is assumed.
                   3165: The
                   3166: .Fl l
1.690     nicm     3167: option specifies the size of the new pane in lines (for vertical split) or in
                   3168: columns (for horizontal split);
                   3169: .Ar size
                   3170: may be followed by
                   3171: .Ql %
                   3172: to specify a percentage of the available space.
1.408     nicm     3173: The
                   3174: .Fl b
                   3175: option causes the new pane to be created to the left of or above
                   3176: .Ar target-pane .
1.494     nicm     3177: The
                   3178: .Fl f
                   3179: option creates a new pane spanning the full window height (with
                   3180: .Fl h )
                   3181: or full window width (with
                   3182: .Fl v ) ,
                   3183: instead of splitting the active pane.
1.828     nicm     3184: .Fl Z
                   3185: zooms if the window is not zoomed, or keeps it zoomed if already zoomed.
1.643     nicm     3186: .Pp
                   3187: An empty
                   3188: .Ar shell-command
                   3189: ('') will create a pane with no command running in it.
                   3190: Output can be sent to such a pane with the
                   3191: .Ic display-message
                   3192: command.
                   3193: The
                   3194: .Fl I
                   3195: flag (if
                   3196: .Ar shell-command
                   3197: is not specified or empty)
                   3198: will create an empty pane and forward any output from stdin to it.
                   3199: For example:
                   3200: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3201: $ make 2>&1|tmux splitw -dI &
                   3202: .Ed
                   3203: .Pp
1.136     nicm     3204: All other options have the same meaning as for the
1.57      jmc      3205: .Ic new-window
                   3206: command.
1.858     kn       3207: .Tg swapp
1.57      jmc      3208: .It Xo Ic swap-pane
1.681     nicm     3209: .Op Fl dDUZ
1.57      jmc      3210: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
                   3211: .Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
                   3212: .Xc
1.870     kn       3213: .D1 Pq alias: Ic swapp
1.57      jmc      3214: Swap two panes.
                   3215: If
                   3216: .Fl U
                   3217: is used and no source pane is specified with
                   3218: .Fl s ,
                   3219: .Ar dst-pane
                   3220: is swapped with the previous pane (before it numerically);
                   3221: .Fl D
                   3222: swaps with the next pane (after it numerically).
1.138     nicm     3223: .Fl d
                   3224: instructs
                   3225: .Nm
1.681     nicm     3226: not to change the active pane and
                   3227: .Fl Z
                   3228: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.432     nicm     3229: .Pp
                   3230: If
                   3231: .Fl s
                   3232: is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
                   3233: .Ic select-pane
                   3234: .Fl m ) ,
                   3235: the marked pane is used rather than the current pane.
1.858     kn       3236: .Tg swapw
1.57      jmc      3237: .It Xo Ic swap-window
                   3238: .Op Fl d
                   3239: .Op Fl s Ar src-window
                   3240: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
                   3241: .Xc
1.870     kn       3242: .D1 Pq alias: Ic swapw
1.57      jmc      3243: This is similar to
                   3244: .Ic link-window ,
                   3245: except the source and destination windows are swapped.
                   3246: It is an error if no window exists at
                   3247: .Ar src-window .
1.705     nicm     3248: If
                   3249: .Fl d
                   3250: is given, the new window does not become the current window.
1.432     nicm     3251: .Pp
1.705     nicm     3252: If
1.432     nicm     3253: .Fl s
                   3254: is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
                   3255: .Ic select-pane
                   3256: .Fl m ) ,
                   3257: the window containing the marked pane is used rather than the current window.
1.858     kn       3258: .Tg unlinkw
1.57      jmc      3259: .It Xo Ic unlink-window
1.1       nicm     3260: .Op Fl k
                   3261: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   3262: .Xc
1.870     kn       3263: .D1 Pq alias: Ic unlinkw
1.57      jmc      3264: Unlink
                   3265: .Ar target-window .
                   3266: Unless
                   3267: .Fl k
                   3268: is given, a window may be unlinked only if it is linked to multiple sessions -
                   3269: windows may not be linked to no sessions;
                   3270: if
1.1       nicm     3271: .Fl k
1.57      jmc      3272: is specified and the window is linked to only one session, it is unlinked and
                   3273: destroyed.
                   3274: .El
                   3275: .Sh KEY BINDINGS
1.93      nicm     3276: .Nm
                   3277: allows a command to be bound to most keys, with or without a prefix key.
                   3278: When specifying keys, most represent themselves (for example
                   3279: .Ql A
                   3280: to
1.95      jmc      3281: .Ql Z ) .
1.93      nicm     3282: Ctrl keys may be prefixed with
                   3283: .Ql C-
                   3284: or
1.95      jmc      3285: .Ql ^ ,
1.838     nicm     3286: Shift keys with
                   3287: .Ql S-
1.95      jmc      3288: and Alt (meta) with
1.93      nicm     3289: .Ql M- .
                   3290: In addition, the following special key names are accepted:
1.126     nicm     3291: .Em Up ,
                   3292: .Em Down ,
                   3293: .Em Left ,
                   3294: .Em Right ,
1.93      nicm     3295: .Em BSpace ,
                   3296: .Em BTab ,
                   3297: .Em DC
                   3298: (Delete),
                   3299: .Em End ,
                   3300: .Em Enter ,
                   3301: .Em Escape ,
                   3302: .Em F1
                   3303: to
1.402     nicm     3304: .Em F12 ,
1.93      nicm     3305: .Em Home ,
                   3306: .Em IC
                   3307: (Insert),
1.254     nicm     3308: .Em NPage/PageDown/PgDn ,
                   3309: .Em PPage/PageUp/PgUp ,
1.93      nicm     3310: .Em Space ,
                   3311: and
                   3312: .Em Tab .
                   3313: Note that to bind the
                   3314: .Ql \&"
                   3315: or
                   3316: .Ql '
                   3317: keys, quotation marks are necessary, for example:
                   3318: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3319: bind-key '"' split-window
1.167     nicm     3320: bind-key "'" new-window
1.93      nicm     3321: .Ed
1.693     nicm     3322: .Pp
                   3323: A command bound to the
                   3324: .Em Any
                   3325: key will execute for all keys which do not have a more specific binding.
1.93      nicm     3326: .Pp
1.57      jmc      3327: Commands related to key bindings are as follows:
                   3328: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       3329: .Tg bind
1.57      jmc      3330: .It Xo Ic bind-key
1.501     nicm     3331: .Op Fl nr
1.706     nicm     3332: .Op Fl N Ar note
1.421     nicm     3333: .Op Fl T Ar key-table
1.910     kn       3334: .Ar key command Op Ar argument ...
1.1       nicm     3335: .Xc
1.870     kn       3336: .D1 Pq alias: Ic bind
1.57      jmc      3337: Bind key
                   3338: .Ar key
                   3339: to
                   3340: .Ar command .
1.421     nicm     3341: Keys are bound in a key table.
                   3342: By default (without -T), the key is bound in
                   3343: the
                   3344: .Em prefix
                   3345: key table.
                   3346: This table is used for keys pressed after the prefix key (for example,
                   3347: by default
                   3348: .Ql c
                   3349: is bound to
                   3350: .Ic new-window
                   3351: in the
                   3352: .Em prefix
                   3353: table, so
                   3354: .Ql C-b c
                   3355: creates a new window).
                   3356: The
                   3357: .Em root
                   3358: table is used for keys pressed without the prefix key: binding
                   3359: .Ql c
                   3360: to
                   3361: .Ic new-window
                   3362: in the
                   3363: .Em root
                   3364: table (not recommended) means a plain
                   3365: .Ql c
                   3366: will create a new window.
1.57      jmc      3367: .Fl n
1.421     nicm     3368: is an alias
                   3369: for
                   3370: .Fl T Ar root .
                   3371: Keys may also be bound in custom key tables and the
                   3372: .Ic switch-client
                   3373: .Fl T
                   3374: command used to switch to them from a key binding.
1.1       nicm     3375: The
1.57      jmc      3376: .Fl r
                   3377: flag indicates this key may repeat, see the
                   3378: .Ic repeat-time
                   3379: option.
1.706     nicm     3380: .Fl N
                   3381: attaches a note to the key (shown with
                   3382: .Ic list-keys
                   3383: .Fl N ) .
1.57      jmc      3384: .Pp
                   3385: To view the default bindings and possible commands, see the
                   3386: .Ic list-keys
                   3387: command.
1.858     kn       3388: .Tg lsk
1.421     nicm     3389: .It Xo Ic list-keys
1.712     nicm     3390: .Op Fl 1aN
1.706     nicm     3391: .Op Fl P Ar prefix-string Fl T Ar key-table
1.731     nicm     3392: .Op Ar key
1.421     nicm     3393: .Xc
1.870     kn       3394: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsk
1.710     nicm     3395: List key bindings.
                   3396: There are two forms: the default lists keys as
1.706     nicm     3397: .Ic bind-key
1.710     nicm     3398: commands;
                   3399: .Fl N
                   3400: lists only keys with attached notes and shows only the key and note for each
                   3401: key.
                   3402: .Pp
                   3403: With the default form, all key tables are listed by default.
                   3404: .Fl T
                   3405: lists only keys in
                   3406: .Ar key-table .
                   3407: .Pp
                   3408: With the
1.706     nicm     3409: .Fl N
1.710     nicm     3410: form, only keys in the
1.706     nicm     3411: .Em root
                   3412: and
                   3413: .Em prefix
1.710     nicm     3414: key tables are listed by default;
                   3415: .Fl T
                   3416: also lists only keys in
                   3417: .Ar key-table .
1.706     nicm     3418: .Fl P
1.710     nicm     3419: specifies a prefix to print before each key and
1.706     nicm     3420: .Fl 1
1.710     nicm     3421: lists only the first matching key.
1.712     nicm     3422: .Fl a
1.787     nicm     3423: lists the command for keys that do not have a note rather than skipping them.
1.858     kn       3424: .Tg send
1.57      jmc      3425: .It Xo Ic send-keys
1.909     nicm     3426: .Op Fl FHKlMRX
                   3427: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
1.497     nicm     3428: .Op Fl N Ar repeat-count
1.72      nicm     3429: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.910     kn       3430: .Ar key ...
1.1       nicm     3431: .Xc
1.870     kn       3432: .D1 Pq alias: Ic send
1.909     nicm     3433: Send a key or keys to a window or client.
1.57      jmc      3434: Each argument
                   3435: .Ar key
                   3436: is the name of the key (such as
                   3437: .Ql C-a
                   3438: or
1.523     nicm     3439: .Ql NPage )
                   3440: to send; if the string is not recognised as a key, it is sent as a series of
1.57      jmc      3441: characters.
1.909     nicm     3442: If
                   3443: .Fl K
                   3444: is given, keys are sent to
                   3445: .Ar target-client ,
                   3446: so they are looked up in the client's key table, rather than to
                   3447: .Ar target-pane .
1.676     nicm     3448: All arguments are sent sequentially from first to last.
1.856     nicm     3449: If no keys are given and the command is bound to a key, then that key is used.
1.676     nicm     3450: .Pp
1.273     nicm     3451: The
                   3452: .Fl l
1.676     nicm     3453: flag disables key name lookup and processes the keys as literal UTF-8
                   3454: characters.
                   3455: The
                   3456: .Fl H
                   3457: flag expects each key to be a hexadecimal number for an ASCII character.
                   3458: .Pp
1.265     nicm     3459: The
                   3460: .Fl R
                   3461: flag causes the terminal state to be reset.
1.419     nicm     3462: .Pp
                   3463: .Fl M
                   3464: passes through a mouse event (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
1.420     jmc      3465: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
1.497     nicm     3466: .Pp
                   3467: .Fl X
                   3468: is used to send a command into copy mode - see
                   3469: the
                   3470: .Sx WINDOWS AND PANES
                   3471: section.
                   3472: .Fl N
1.694     nicm     3473: specifies a repeat count and
                   3474: .Fl F
                   3475: expands formats in arguments where appropriate.
1.267     nicm     3476: .It Xo Ic send-prefix
                   3477: .Op Fl 2
                   3478: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   3479: .Xc
                   3480: Send the prefix key, or with
                   3481: .Fl 2
                   3482: the secondary prefix key, to a window as if it was pressed.
1.858     kn       3483: .Tg unbind
1.57      jmc      3484: .It Xo Ic unbind-key
1.795     nicm     3485: .Op Fl anq
1.421     nicm     3486: .Op Fl T Ar key-table
1.57      jmc      3487: .Ar key
1.2       nicm     3488: .Xc
1.870     kn       3489: .D1 Pq alias: Ic unbind
1.57      jmc      3490: Unbind the command bound to
                   3491: .Ar key .
1.530     nicm     3492: .Fl n
                   3493: and
1.421     nicm     3494: .Fl T
                   3495: are the same as for
                   3496: .Ic bind-key .
1.189     nicm     3497: If
                   3498: .Fl a
                   3499: is present, all key bindings are removed.
1.795     nicm     3500: The
                   3501: .Fl q
                   3502: option prevents errors being returned.
1.57      jmc      3503: .El
                   3504: .Sh OPTIONS
                   3505: The appearance and behaviour of
                   3506: .Nm
                   3507: may be modified by changing the value of various options.
1.668     nicm     3508: There are four types of option:
1.133     nicm     3509: .Em server options ,
1.831     nicm     3510: .Em session options ,
                   3511: .Em window options ,
1.57      jmc      3512: and
1.668     nicm     3513: .Em pane options .
1.57      jmc      3514: .Pp
1.133     nicm     3515: The
                   3516: .Nm
1.686     nicm     3517: server has a set of global server options which do not apply to any particular
1.668     nicm     3518: window or session or pane.
1.133     nicm     3519: These are altered with the
                   3520: .Ic set-option
                   3521: .Fl s
                   3522: command, or displayed with the
                   3523: .Ic show-options
                   3524: .Fl s
                   3525: command.
                   3526: .Pp
                   3527: In addition, each individual session may have a set of session options, and
                   3528: there is a separate set of global session options.
1.57      jmc      3529: Sessions which do not have a particular option configured inherit the value
                   3530: from the global session options.
                   3531: Session options are set or unset with the
                   3532: .Ic set-option
                   3533: command and may be listed with the
                   3534: .Ic show-options
                   3535: command.
1.133     nicm     3536: The available server and session options are listed under the
1.57      jmc      3537: .Ic set-option
                   3538: command.
                   3539: .Pp
1.668     nicm     3540: Similarly, a set of window options is attached to each window and a set of pane
                   3541: options to each pane.
                   3542: Pane options inherit from window options.
                   3543: This means any pane option may be set as a window option to apply the option to
                   3544: all panes in the window without the option set, for example these commands will
                   3545: set the background colour to red for all panes except pane 0:
                   3546: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3547: set -w window-style bg=red
                   3548: set -pt:.0 window-style bg=blue
                   3549: .Ed
                   3550: .Pp
                   3551: There is also a set of global window options from which any unset window or
                   3552: pane options are inherited.
                   3553: Window and pane options are altered with
                   3554: .Ic set-option
                   3555: .Fl w
                   3556: and
                   3557: .Fl p
                   3558: commands and displayed with
                   3559: .Ic show-option
                   3560: .Fl w
                   3561: and
                   3562: .Fl p .
1.318     nicm     3563: .Pp
                   3564: .Nm
                   3565: also supports user options which are prefixed with a
                   3566: .Ql \&@ .
1.321     jmc      3567: User options may have any name, so long as they are prefixed with
                   3568: .Ql \&@ ,
1.318     nicm     3569: and be set to any string.
1.418     nicm     3570: For example:
1.318     nicm     3571: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.774     nicm     3572: $ tmux set -wq @foo "abc123"
                   3573: $ tmux show -wv @foo
1.318     nicm     3574: abc123
                   3575: .Ed
1.57      jmc      3576: .Pp
                   3577: Commands which set options are as follows:
                   3578: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       3579: .Tg set
1.1       nicm     3580: .It Xo Ic set-option
1.808     nicm     3581: .Op Fl aFgopqsuUw
1.668     nicm     3582: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.1       nicm     3583: .Ar option Ar value
                   3584: .Xc
1.870     kn       3585: .D1 Pq alias: Ic set
1.668     nicm     3586: Set a pane option with
                   3587: .Fl p ,
                   3588: a window option with
                   3589: .Fl w ,
1.133     nicm     3590: a server option with
                   3591: .Fl s ,
                   3592: otherwise a session option.
1.637     nicm     3593: If the option is not a user option,
                   3594: .Fl w
1.668     nicm     3595: or
1.637     nicm     3596: .Fl s
1.668     nicm     3597: may be unnecessary -
1.637     nicm     3598: .Nm
1.668     nicm     3599: will infer the type from the option name, assuming
                   3600: .Fl w
                   3601: for pane options.
1.133     nicm     3602: If
                   3603: .Fl g
1.433     nicm     3604: is given, the global session or window option is set.
1.637     nicm     3605: .Pp
1.550     nicm     3606: .Fl F
                   3607: expands formats in the option value.
1.1       nicm     3608: The
                   3609: .Fl u
                   3610: flag unsets an option, so a session inherits the option from the global
1.433     nicm     3611: options (or with
                   3612: .Fl g ,
                   3613: restores a global option to the default).
1.808     nicm     3614: .Fl U
                   3615: unsets an option (like
                   3616: .Fl u )
                   3617: but if the option is a pane option also unsets the option on any panes in the
                   3618: window.
1.796     nicm     3619: .Ar value
                   3620: depends on the option and may be a number, a string, or a flag (on, off, or
                   3621: omitted to toggle).
1.336     nicm     3622: .Pp
                   3623: The
                   3624: .Fl o
1.446     nicm     3625: flag prevents setting an option that is already set and the
1.281     nicm     3626: .Fl q
1.446     nicm     3627: flag suppresses errors about unknown or ambiguous options.
1.281     nicm     3628: .Pp
1.378     nicm     3629: With
                   3630: .Fl a ,
                   3631: and if the option expects a string or a style,
                   3632: .Ar value
                   3633: is appended to the existing setting.
                   3634: For example:
                   3635: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3636: set -g status-left "foo"
                   3637: set -ag status-left "bar"
                   3638: .Ed
                   3639: .Pp
                   3640: Will result in
                   3641: .Ql foobar .
                   3642: And:
                   3643: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3644: set -g status-style "bg=red"
                   3645: set -ag status-style "fg=blue"
                   3646: .Ed
                   3647: .Pp
                   3648: Will result in a red background
                   3649: .Em and
                   3650: blue foreground.
                   3651: Without
                   3652: .Fl a ,
                   3653: the result would be the default background and a blue foreground.
1.858     kn       3654: .Tg show
1.668     nicm     3655: .It Xo Ic show-options
                   3656: .Op Fl AgHpqsvw
                   3657: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   3658: .Op Ar option
                   3659: .Xc
1.870     kn       3660: .D1 Pq alias: Ic show
1.668     nicm     3661: Show the pane options (or a single option if
                   3662: .Ar option
                   3663: is provided) with
                   3664: .Fl p ,
                   3665: the window options with
                   3666: .Fl w ,
                   3667: the server options with
                   3668: .Fl s ,
                   3669: otherwise the session options.
                   3670: If the option is not a user option,
                   3671: .Fl w
                   3672: or
                   3673: .Fl s
                   3674: may be unnecessary -
                   3675: .Nm
                   3676: will infer the type from the option name, assuming
                   3677: .Fl w
                   3678: for pane options.
                   3679: Global session or window options are listed if
                   3680: .Fl g
                   3681: is used.
                   3682: .Fl v
                   3683: shows only the option value, not the name.
                   3684: If
                   3685: .Fl q
                   3686: is set, no error will be returned if
                   3687: .Ar option
                   3688: is unset.
                   3689: .Fl H
                   3690: includes hooks (omitted by default).
                   3691: .Fl A
                   3692: includes options inherited from a parent set of options, such options are
                   3693: marked with an asterisk.
                   3694: .El
1.133     nicm     3695: .Pp
                   3696: Available server options are:
                   3697: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.695     nicm     3698: .It Ic backspace Ar key
                   3699: Set the key sent by
                   3700: .Nm
                   3701: for backspace.
1.198     nicm     3702: .It Ic buffer-limit Ar number
                   3703: Set the number of buffers; as new buffers are added to the top of the stack,
                   3704: old ones are removed from the bottom if necessary to maintain this maximum
                   3705: length.
1.526     nicm     3706: .It Xo Ic command-alias[]
                   3707: .Ar name=value
                   3708: .Xc
                   3709: This is an array of custom aliases for commands.
                   3710: If an unknown command matches
                   3711: .Ar name ,
                   3712: it is replaced with
                   3713: .Ar value .
                   3714: For example, after:
                   3715: .Pp
1.565     nicm     3716: .Dl set -s command-alias[100] zoom='resize-pane -Z'
1.526     nicm     3717: .Pp
                   3718: Using:
                   3719: .Pp
                   3720: .Dl zoom -t:.1
                   3721: .Pp
                   3722: Is equivalent to:
                   3723: .Pp
                   3724: .Dl resize-pane -Z -t:.1
                   3725: .Pp
                   3726: Note that aliases are expanded when a command is parsed rather than when it is
                   3727: executed, so binding an alias with
                   3728: .Ic bind-key
                   3729: will bind the expanded form.
1.425     nicm     3730: .It Ic default-terminal Ar terminal
                   3731: Set the default terminal for new windows created in this session - the
                   3732: default value of the
                   3733: .Ev TERM
                   3734: environment variable.
                   3735: For
                   3736: .Nm
                   3737: to work correctly, this
                   3738: .Em must
                   3739: be set to
                   3740: .Ql screen ,
                   3741: .Ql tmux
                   3742: or a derivative of them.
1.742     nicm     3743: .It Ic copy-command Ar shell-command
                   3744: Give the command to pipe to if the
                   3745: .Ic copy-pipe
                   3746: copy mode command is used without arguments.
1.239     nicm     3747: .It Ic escape-time Ar time
                   3748: Set the time in milliseconds for which
                   3749: .Nm
                   3750: waits after an escape is input to determine if it is part of a function or meta
                   3751: key sequences.
                   3752: The default is 500 milliseconds.
1.759     nicm     3753: .It Ic editor Ar shell-command
                   3754: Set the command used when
                   3755: .Nm
                   3756: runs an editor.
1.592     nicm     3757: .It Xo Ic exit-empty
                   3758: .Op Ic on | off
                   3759: .Xc
                   3760: If enabled (the default), the server will exit when there are no active
                   3761: sessions.
1.239     nicm     3762: .It Xo Ic exit-unattached
                   3763: .Op Ic on | off
                   3764: .Xc
                   3765: If enabled, the server will exit when there are no attached clients.
1.772     nicm     3766: .It Xo Ic extended-keys
1.836     nicm     3767: .Op Ic on | off | always
1.772     nicm     3768: .Xc
1.836     nicm     3769: When
                   3770: .Ic on
                   3771: or
                   3772: .Ic always ,
                   3773: the escape sequence to enable extended keys is sent to the terminal, if
                   3774: .Nm
                   3775: knows that it is supported.
                   3776: .Nm
                   3777: always recognises extended keys itself.
                   3778: If this option is
                   3779: .Ic on ,
                   3780: .Nm
                   3781: will only forward extended keys to applications when they request them; if
                   3782: .Ic always ,
                   3783: .Nm
                   3784: will always forward the keys.
1.362     nicm     3785: .It Xo Ic focus-events
                   3786: .Op Ic on | off
                   3787: .Xc
                   3788: When enabled, focus events are requested from the terminal if supported and
                   3789: passed through to applications running in
                   3790: .Nm .
                   3791: Attached clients should be detached and attached again after changing this
                   3792: option.
1.445     nicm     3793: .It Ic history-file Ar path
                   3794: If not empty, a file to which
                   3795: .Nm
                   3796: will write command prompt history on exit and load it from on start.
1.384     nicm     3797: .It Ic message-limit Ar number
                   3798: Set the number of error or information messages to save in the message log for
                   3799: each client.
1.839     nicm     3800: .It Ic prompt-history-limit Ar number
                   3801: Set the number of history items to save in the history file for each type of
                   3802: command prompt.
1.228     nicm     3803: .It Xo Ic set-clipboard
1.556     nicm     3804: .Op Ic on | external | off
1.228     nicm     3805: .Xc
                   3806: Attempt to set the terminal clipboard content using the
                   3807: .Xr xterm 1
1.560     nicm     3808: escape sequence, if there is an
1.228     nicm     3809: .Em \&Ms
                   3810: entry in the
                   3811: .Xr terminfo 5
1.560     nicm     3812: description (see the
                   3813: .Sx TERMINFO EXTENSIONS
                   3814: section).
                   3815: .Pp
1.556     nicm     3816: If set to
                   3817: .Ic on ,
                   3818: .Nm
                   3819: will both accept the escape sequence to create a buffer and attempt to set
                   3820: the terminal clipboard.
                   3821: If set to
                   3822: .Ic external ,
                   3823: .Nm
                   3824: will attempt to set the terminal clipboard but ignore attempts
                   3825: by applications to set
                   3826: .Nm
                   3827: buffers.
                   3828: If
                   3829: .Ic off ,
                   3830: .Nm
                   3831: will neither accept the clipboard escape sequence nor attempt to set the
                   3832: clipboard.
                   3833: .Pp
1.228     nicm     3834: Note that this feature needs to be enabled in
                   3835: .Xr xterm 1
                   3836: by setting the resource:
                   3837: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3838: disallowedWindowOps: 20,21,SetXprop
                   3839: .Ed
                   3840: .Pp
                   3841: Or changing this property from the
                   3842: .Xr xterm 1
                   3843: interactive menu when required.
1.744     nicm     3844: .It Ic terminal-features[] Ar string
                   3845: Set terminal features for terminal types read from
                   3846: .Xr terminfo 5 .
                   3847: .Nm
                   3848: has a set of named terminal features.
                   3849: Each will apply appropriate changes to the
                   3850: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3851: entry in use.
                   3852: .Pp
                   3853: .Nm
                   3854: can detect features for a few common terminals; this option can be used to
                   3855: easily tell tmux about features supported by terminals it cannot detect.
                   3856: The
                   3857: .Ic terminal-overrides
                   3858: option allows individual
                   3859: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3860: capabilities to be set instead,
                   3861: .Ic terminal-features
                   3862: is intended for classes of functionality supported in a standard way but not
                   3863: reported by
                   3864: .Xr terminfo 5 .
1.836     nicm     3865: Care must be taken to configure this only with features the terminal actually
                   3866: supports.
1.744     nicm     3867: .Pp
                   3868: This is an array option where each entry is a colon-separated string made up
                   3869: of a terminal type pattern (matched using
                   3870: .Xr fnmatch 3 )
                   3871: followed by a list of terminal features.
                   3872: The available features are:
                   3873: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   3874: .It 256
                   3875: Supports 256 colours with the SGR escape sequences.
                   3876: .It clipboard
                   3877: Allows setting the system clipboard.
                   3878: .It ccolour
                   3879: Allows setting the cursor colour.
                   3880: .It cstyle
                   3881: Allows setting the cursor style.
1.778     nicm     3882: .It extkeys
                   3883: Supports extended keys.
                   3884: .It focus
                   3885: Supports focus reporting.
1.893     nicm     3886: .It hyperlinks
                   3887: Supports OSC 8 hyperlinks.
1.891     nicm     3888: .It ignorefkeys
                   3889: Ignore function keys from
                   3890: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3891: and use the
                   3892: .Nm
                   3893: internal set only.
1.744     nicm     3894: .It margins
                   3895: Supports DECSLRM margins.
1.842     nicm     3896: .It mouse
                   3897: Supports
                   3898: .Xr xterm 1
                   3899: mouse sequences.
1.885     nicm     3900: .It osc7
                   3901: Supports the OSC 7 working directory extension.
1.744     nicm     3902: .It overline
                   3903: Supports the overline SGR attribute.
                   3904: .It rectfill
                   3905: Supports the DECFRA rectangle fill escape sequence.
                   3906: .It RGB
                   3907: Supports RGB colour with the SGR escape sequences.
1.908     nicm     3908: .It sixel
                   3909: Supports SIXEL graphics.
1.778     nicm     3910: .It strikethrough
                   3911: Supports the strikethrough SGR escape sequence.
1.744     nicm     3912: .It sync
                   3913: Supports synchronized updates.
                   3914: .It title
                   3915: Supports
                   3916: .Xr xterm 1
                   3917: title setting.
                   3918: .It usstyle
                   3919: Allows underscore style and colour to be set.
                   3920: .El
1.528     nicm     3921: .It Ic terminal-overrides[] Ar string
                   3922: Allow terminal descriptions read using
                   3923: .Xr terminfo 5
1.531     nicm     3924: to be overridden.
1.528     nicm     3925: Each entry is a colon-separated string made up of a terminal type pattern
                   3926: (matched using
1.381     nicm     3927: .Xr fnmatch 3 )
                   3928: and a set of
                   3929: .Em name=value
                   3930: entries.
                   3931: .Pp
                   3932: For example, to set the
                   3933: .Ql clear
                   3934: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3935: entry to
                   3936: .Ql \ee[H\ee[2J
1.528     nicm     3937: for all terminal types matching
                   3938: .Ql rxvt* :
                   3939: .Pp
                   3940: .Dl "rxvt*:clear=\ee[H\ee[2J"
1.381     nicm     3941: .Pp
                   3942: The terminal entry value is passed through
                   3943: .Xr strunvis 3
                   3944: before interpretation.
1.678     nicm     3945: .It Ic user-keys[] Ar key
                   3946: Set list of user-defined key escape sequences.
                   3947: Each item is associated with a key named
                   3948: .Ql User0 ,
                   3949: .Ql User1 ,
                   3950: and so on.
                   3951: .Pp
                   3952: For example:
                   3953: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3954: set -s user-keys[0] "\ee[5;30012~"
                   3955: bind User0 resize-pane -L 3
                   3956: .Ed
1.133     nicm     3957: .El
1.129     nicm     3958: .Pp
1.18      nicm     3959: Available session options are:
1.1       nicm     3960: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.569     nicm     3961: .It Xo Ic activity-action
                   3962: .Op Ic any | none | current | other
                   3963: .Xc
                   3964: Set action on window activity when
                   3965: .Ic monitor-activity
                   3966: is on.
                   3967: .Ic any
                   3968: means activity in any window linked to a session causes a bell or message
                   3969: (depending on
                   3970: .Ic visual-activity )
                   3971: in the current window of that session,
                   3972: .Ic none
                   3973: means all activity is ignored (equivalent to
                   3974: .Ic monitor-activity
                   3975: being off),
                   3976: .Ic current
                   3977: means only activity in windows other than the current window are ignored and
                   3978: .Ic other
                   3979: means activity in the current window is ignored but not those in other windows.
1.312     nicm     3980: .It Ic assume-paste-time Ar milliseconds
                   3981: If keys are entered faster than one in
                   3982: .Ar milliseconds ,
                   3983: they are assumed to have been pasted rather than typed and
                   3984: .Nm
                   3985: key bindings are not processed.
                   3986: The default is one millisecond and zero disables.
1.69      nicm     3987: .It Ic base-index Ar index
                   3988: Set the base index from which an unused index should be searched when a new
                   3989: window is created.
                   3990: The default is zero.
1.1       nicm     3991: .It Xo Ic bell-action
1.429     nicm     3992: .Op Ic any | none | current | other
1.1       nicm     3993: .Xc
1.574     nicm     3994: Set action on a bell in a window when
                   3995: .Ic monitor-bell
                   3996: is on.
1.569     nicm     3997: The values are the same as those for
                   3998: .Ic activity-action .
1.153     nicm     3999: .It Ic default-command Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm     4000: Set the command used for new windows (if not specified when the window is
                   4001: created) to
1.153     nicm     4002: .Ar shell-command ,
1.79      nicm     4003: which may be any
                   4004: .Xr sh 1
                   4005: command.
1.19      nicm     4006: The default is an empty string, which instructs
                   4007: .Nm
1.79      nicm     4008: to create a login shell using the value of the
                   4009: .Ic default-shell
                   4010: option.
                   4011: .It Ic default-shell Ar path
                   4012: Specify the default shell.
                   4013: This is used as the login shell for new windows when the
                   4014: .Ic default-command
                   4015: option is set to empty, and must be the full path of the executable.
                   4016: When started
                   4017: .Nm
                   4018: tries to set a default value from the first suitable of the
1.19      nicm     4019: .Ev SHELL
1.79      nicm     4020: environment variable, the shell returned by
                   4021: .Xr getpwuid 3 ,
                   4022: or
                   4023: .Pa /bin/sh .
                   4024: This option should be configured when
                   4025: .Nm
                   4026: is used as a login shell.
1.629     nicm     4027: .It Ic default-size Ar XxY
1.642     nicm     4028: Set the default size of new windows when the
1.643     nicm     4029: .Ic window-size
1.642     nicm     4030: option is set to manual or when a session is created with
                   4031: .Ic new-session
                   4032: .Fl d .
                   4033: The value is the width and height separated by an
                   4034: .Ql x
                   4035: character.
                   4036: The default is 80x24.
1.206     nicm     4037: .It Xo Ic destroy-unattached
                   4038: .Op Ic on | off
                   4039: .Xc
1.185     nicm     4040: If enabled and the session is no longer attached to any clients, it is
                   4041: destroyed.
1.206     nicm     4042: .It Xo Ic detach-on-destroy
1.930     nicm     4043: .Op Ic off | on | no-detached | previous | next
1.206     nicm     4044: .Xc
1.930     nicm     4045: If
                   4046: .Ic on
                   4047: (the default), the client is detached when the session it is attached to
1.184     nicm     4048: is destroyed.
1.930     nicm     4049: If
                   4050: .Ic off ,
                   4051: the client is switched to the most recently active of the remaining
1.184     nicm     4052: sessions.
1.815     nicm     4053: If
                   4054: .Ic no-detached ,
                   4055: the client is detached only if there are no detached sessions; if detached
                   4056: sessions exist, the client is switched to the most recently active.
1.930     nicm     4057: If
                   4058: .Ic previous
                   4059: or
                   4060: .Ic next ,
                   4061: the client is switched to the previous or next session in alphabetical order.
1.145     nicm     4062: .It Ic display-panes-active-colour Ar colour
                   4063: Set the colour used by the
                   4064: .Ic display-panes
                   4065: command to show the indicator for the active pane.
1.78      nicm     4066: .It Ic display-panes-colour Ar colour
1.145     nicm     4067: Set the colour used by the
1.78      nicm     4068: .Ic display-panes
1.145     nicm     4069: command to show the indicators for inactive panes.
1.78      nicm     4070: .It Ic display-panes-time Ar time
                   4071: Set the time in milliseconds for which the indicators shown by the
                   4072: .Ic display-panes
                   4073: command appear.
1.21      nicm     4074: .It Ic display-time Ar time
1.78      nicm     4075: Set the amount of time for which status line messages and other on-screen
                   4076: indicators are displayed.
1.462     tim      4077: If set to 0, messages and indicators are displayed until a key is pressed.
1.21      nicm     4078: .Ar time
                   4079: is in milliseconds.
1.1       nicm     4080: .It Ic history-limit Ar lines
                   4081: Set the maximum number of lines held in window history.
                   4082: This setting applies only to new windows - existing window histories are not
                   4083: resized and retain the limit at the point they were created.
1.474     nicm     4084: .It Ic key-table Ar key-table
                   4085: Set the default key table to
                   4086: .Ar key-table
                   4087: instead of
                   4088: .Em root .
1.1       nicm     4089: .It Ic lock-after-time Ar number
1.100     nicm     4090: Lock the session (like the
                   4091: .Ic lock-session
1.90      nicm     4092: command) after
1.1       nicm     4093: .Ar number
1.448     nicm     4094: seconds of inactivity.
1.100     nicm     4095: The default is not to lock (set to 0).
1.153     nicm     4096: .It Ic lock-command Ar shell-command
1.90      nicm     4097: Command to run when locking each client.
                   4098: The default is to run
                   4099: .Xr lock 1
                   4100: with
                   4101: .Fl np .
1.925     nicm     4102: .It Ic menu-style Ar style
                   4103: Set the menu style.
                   4104: See the
                   4105: .Sx STYLES
                   4106: section on how to specify
                   4107: .Ar style .
                   4108: Attributes are ignored.
1.927     nicm     4109: .It Ic menu-selected-style Ar style
                   4110: Set the selected menu item style.
                   4111: See the
                   4112: .Sx STYLES
                   4113: section on how to specify
                   4114: .Ar style .
                   4115: Attributes are ignored.
1.925     nicm     4116: .It Ic menu-border-style Ar style
                   4117: Set the menu border style.
                   4118: See the
                   4119: .Sx STYLES
                   4120: section on how to specify
                   4121: .Ar style .
                   4122: Attributes are ignored.
                   4123: .It Ic menu-border-lines Ar type
                   4124: Set the type of characters used for drawing menu borders.
                   4125: See
                   4126: .Ic popup-border-lines
                   4127: for possible values for
1.927     nicm     4128: .Ar border-lines .
1.378     nicm     4129: .It Ic message-command-style Ar style
1.623     nicm     4130: Set status line message command style.
1.737     nicm     4131: This is used for the command prompt with
                   4132: .Xr vi 1
                   4133: keys when in command mode.
1.623     nicm     4134: For how to specify
                   4135: .Ar style ,
                   4136: see the
                   4137: .Sx STYLES
                   4138: section.
1.901     nicm     4139: .It Xo Ic message-line
                   4140: .Op Ic 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4
                   4141: .Xc
                   4142: Set line on which status line messages and the command prompt are shown.
1.378     nicm     4143: .It Ic message-style Ar style
                   4144: Set status line message style.
1.737     nicm     4145: This is used for messages and for the command prompt.
1.378     nicm     4146: For how to specify
                   4147: .Ar style ,
                   4148: see the
1.623     nicm     4149: .Sx STYLES
                   4150: section.
1.419     nicm     4151: .It Xo Ic mouse
1.226     nicm     4152: .Op Ic on | off
                   4153: .Xc
                   4154: If on,
                   4155: .Nm
1.419     nicm     4156: captures the mouse and allows mouse events to be bound as key bindings.
                   4157: See the
                   4158: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT
                   4159: section for details.
1.267     nicm     4160: .It Ic prefix Ar key
                   4161: Set the key accepted as a prefix key.
1.473     nicm     4162: In addition to the standard keys described under
                   4163: .Sx KEY BINDINGS ,
                   4164: .Ic prefix
                   4165: can be set to the special key
                   4166: .Ql None
                   4167: to set no prefix.
1.267     nicm     4168: .It Ic prefix2 Ar key
                   4169: Set a secondary key accepted as a prefix key.
1.473     nicm     4170: Like
                   4171: .Ic prefix ,
                   4172: .Ic prefix2
                   4173: can be set to
                   4174: .Ql None .
1.291     nicm     4175: .It Xo Ic renumber-windows
                   4176: .Op Ic on | off
                   4177: .Xc
                   4178: If on, when a window is closed in a session, automatically renumber the other
                   4179: windows in numerical order.
                   4180: This respects the
                   4181: .Ic base-index
                   4182: option if it has been set.
                   4183: If off, do not renumber the windows.
1.21      nicm     4184: .It Ic repeat-time Ar time
1.1       nicm     4185: Allow multiple commands to be entered without pressing the prefix-key again
                   4186: in the specified
1.21      nicm     4187: .Ar time
1.1       nicm     4188: milliseconds (the default is 500).
                   4189: Whether a key repeats may be set when it is bound using the
                   4190: .Fl r
                   4191: flag to
                   4192: .Ic bind-key .
1.52      nicm     4193: Repeat is enabled for the default keys bound to the
                   4194: .Ic resize-pane
                   4195: command.
1.1       nicm     4196: .It Xo Ic set-titles
1.56      jmc      4197: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4198: .Xc
1.261     nicm     4199: Attempt to set the client terminal title using the
                   4200: .Em tsl
                   4201: and
                   4202: .Em fsl
                   4203: .Xr terminfo 5
                   4204: entries if they exist.
                   4205: .Nm
1.444     nicm     4206: automatically sets these to the \ee]0;...\e007 sequence if
                   4207: the terminal appears to be
                   4208: .Xr xterm 1 .
1.11      nicm     4209: This option is off by default.
1.86      nicm     4210: .It Ic set-titles-string Ar string
1.678     nicm     4211: String used to set the client terminal title if
1.86      nicm     4212: .Ic set-titles
                   4213: is on.
1.414     nicm     4214: Formats are expanded, see the
                   4215: .Sx FORMATS
                   4216: section.
1.569     nicm     4217: .It Xo Ic silence-action
                   4218: .Op Ic any | none | current | other
                   4219: .Xc
                   4220: Set action on window silence when
                   4221: .Ic monitor-silence
                   4222: is on.
                   4223: The values are the same as those for
                   4224: .Ic activity-action .
1.1       nicm     4225: .It Xo Ic status
1.625     nicm     4226: .Op Ic off | on | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
1.1       nicm     4227: .Xc
1.625     nicm     4228: Show or hide the status line or specify its size.
                   4229: Using
                   4230: .Ic on
                   4231: gives a status line one row in height;
                   4232: .Ic 2 ,
                   4233: .Ic 3 ,
                   4234: .Ic 4
                   4235: or
                   4236: .Ic 5
                   4237: more rows.
                   4238: .It Ic status-format[] Ar format
                   4239: Specify the format to be used for each line of the status line.
                   4240: The default builds the top status line from the various individual status
                   4241: options below.
1.1       nicm     4242: .It Ic status-interval Ar interval
1.538     nicm     4243: Update the status line every
1.1       nicm     4244: .Ar interval
                   4245: seconds.
                   4246: By default, updates will occur every 15 seconds.
                   4247: A setting of zero disables redrawing at interval.
1.41      nicm     4248: .It Xo Ic status-justify
1.829     nicm     4249: .Op Ic left | centre | right | absolute-centre
1.41      nicm     4250: .Xc
1.829     nicm     4251: Set the position of the window list in the status line: left, centre or right.
                   4252: centre puts the window list in the relative centre of the available free space;
                   4253: absolute-centre uses the centre of the entire horizontal space.
1.1       nicm     4254: .It Xo Ic status-keys
1.56      jmc      4255: .Op Ic vi | emacs
1.1       nicm     4256: .Xc
1.6       jmc      4257: Use vi or emacs-style
1.1       nicm     4258: key bindings in the status line, for example at the command prompt.
1.191     nicm     4259: The default is emacs, unless the
                   4260: .Ev VISUAL
                   4261: or
                   4262: .Ev EDITOR
                   4263: environment variables are set and contain the string
                   4264: .Ql vi .
1.1       nicm     4265: .It Ic status-left Ar string
                   4266: Display
                   4267: .Ar string
1.538     nicm     4268: (by default the session name) to the left of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4269: .Ar string
                   4270: will be passed through
1.623     nicm     4271: .Xr strftime 3 .
                   4272: Also see the
                   4273: .Sx FORMATS
                   4274: and
                   4275: .Sx STYLES
                   4276: sections.
1.83      nicm     4277: .Pp
1.263     nicm     4278: For details on how the names and titles can be set see the
1.261     nicm     4279: .Sx "NAMES AND TITLES"
                   4280: section.
1.109     nicm     4281: .Pp
1.83      nicm     4282: Examples are:
                   4283: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   4284: #(sysctl vm.loadavg)
                   4285: #[fg=yellow,bold]#(apm -l)%%#[default] [#S]
                   4286: .Ed
1.10      nicm     4287: .Pp
1.405     nicm     4288: The default is
                   4289: .Ql "[#S] " .
1.1       nicm     4290: .It Ic status-left-length Ar length
                   4291: Set the maximum
                   4292: .Ar length
1.538     nicm     4293: of the left component of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4294: The default is 10.
1.378     nicm     4295: .It Ic status-left-style Ar style
                   4296: Set the style of the left part of the status line.
                   4297: For how to specify
                   4298: .Ar style ,
                   4299: see the
1.623     nicm     4300: .Sx STYLES
                   4301: section.
1.269     nicm     4302: .It Xo Ic status-position
                   4303: .Op Ic top | bottom
                   4304: .Xc
                   4305: Set the position of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4306: .It Ic status-right Ar string
                   4307: Display
                   4308: .Ar string
1.538     nicm     4309: to the right of the status line.
1.577     nicm     4310: By default, the current pane title in double quotes, the date and the time
1.151     nicm     4311: are shown.
1.1       nicm     4312: As with
                   4313: .Ic status-left ,
                   4314: .Ar string
                   4315: will be passed to
1.459     jmc      4316: .Xr strftime 3
                   4317: and character pairs are replaced.
1.1       nicm     4318: .It Ic status-right-length Ar length
                   4319: Set the maximum
                   4320: .Ar length
1.538     nicm     4321: of the right component of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4322: The default is 40.
1.378     nicm     4323: .It Ic status-right-style Ar style
                   4324: Set the style of the right part of the status line.
                   4325: For how to specify
                   4326: .Ar style ,
                   4327: see the
1.623     nicm     4328: .Sx STYLES
                   4329: section.
1.378     nicm     4330: .It Ic status-style Ar style
                   4331: Set status line style.
                   4332: For how to specify
                   4333: .Ar style ,
                   4334: see the
1.623     nicm     4335: .Sx STYLES
                   4336: section.
1.529     nicm     4337: .It Ic update-environment[] Ar variable
                   4338: Set list of environment variables to be copied into the session environment
                   4339: when a new session is created or an existing session is attached.
1.63      nicm     4340: Any variables that do not exist in the source environment are set to be
                   4341: removed from the session environment (as if
                   4342: .Fl r
                   4343: was given to the
                   4344: .Ic set-environment
                   4345: command).
1.37      nicm     4346: .It Xo Ic visual-activity
1.569     nicm     4347: .Op Ic on | off | both
1.37      nicm     4348: .Xc
1.569     nicm     4349: If on, display a message instead of sending a bell when activity occurs in a
                   4350: window for which the
1.37      nicm     4351: .Ic monitor-activity
                   4352: window option is enabled.
1.569     nicm     4353: If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
1.37      nicm     4354: .It Xo Ic visual-bell
1.569     nicm     4355: .Op Ic on | off | both
1.37      nicm     4356: .Xc
1.574     nicm     4357: If on, a message is shown on a bell in a window for which the
                   4358: .Ic monitor-bell
                   4359: window option is enabled instead of it being passed through to the
1.569     nicm     4360: terminal (which normally makes a sound).
                   4361: If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
1.37      nicm     4362: Also see the
                   4363: .Ic bell-action
                   4364: option.
1.192     nicm     4365: .It Xo Ic visual-silence
1.569     nicm     4366: .Op Ic on | off | both
1.192     nicm     4367: .Xc
                   4368: If
                   4369: .Ic monitor-silence
1.569     nicm     4370: is enabled, prints a message after the interval has expired on a given window
                   4371: instead of sending a bell.
                   4372: If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
1.255     nicm     4373: .It Ic word-separators Ar string
                   4374: Sets the session's conception of what characters are considered word
                   4375: separators, for the purposes of the next and previous word commands in
                   4376: copy mode.
1.857     nicm     4377: .El
1.1       nicm     4378: .Pp
1.668     nicm     4379: Available window options are:
1.56      jmc      4380: .Pp
                   4381: .Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
1.1       nicm     4382: .It Xo Ic aggressive-resize
1.56      jmc      4383: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4384: .Xc
                   4385: Aggressively resize the chosen window.
                   4386: This means that
                   4387: .Nm
1.642     nicm     4388: will resize the window to the size of the smallest or largest session
                   4389: (see the
                   4390: .Ic window-size
                   4391: option) for which it is the current window, rather than the session to
                   4392: which it is attached.
                   4393: The window may resize when the current window is changed on another
                   4394: session; this option is good for full-screen programs which support
1.6       jmc      4395: .Dv SIGWINCH
                   4396: and poor for interactive programs such as shells.
1.262     nicm     4397: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4398: .It Xo Ic automatic-rename
1.56      jmc      4399: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4400: .Xc
                   4401: Control automatic window renaming.
                   4402: When this setting is enabled,
                   4403: .Nm
1.368     nicm     4404: will rename the window automatically using the format specified by
                   4405: .Ic automatic-rename-format .
1.1       nicm     4406: This flag is automatically disabled for an individual window when a name
                   4407: is specified at creation with
1.186     nicm     4408: .Ic new-window
                   4409: or
1.1       nicm     4410: .Ic new-session ,
                   4411: or later with
1.261     nicm     4412: .Ic rename-window ,
                   4413: or with a terminal escape sequence.
1.1       nicm     4414: It may be switched off globally with:
                   4415: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.668     nicm     4416: set-option -wg automatic-rename off
1.1       nicm     4417: .Ed
1.368     nicm     4418: .Pp
                   4419: .It Ic automatic-rename-format Ar format
                   4420: The format (see
                   4421: .Sx FORMATS )
                   4422: used when the
                   4423: .Ic automatic-rename
                   4424: option is enabled.
1.56      jmc      4425: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4426: .It Ic clock-mode-colour Ar colour
                   4427: Set clock colour.
1.56      jmc      4428: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4429: .It Xo Ic clock-mode-style
1.56      jmc      4430: .Op Ic 12 | 24
1.1       nicm     4431: .Xc
                   4432: Set clock hour format.
1.883     nicm     4433: .Pp
                   4434: .It Ic fill-character Ar character
                   4435: Set the character used to fill areas of the terminal unused by a window.
1.56      jmc      4436: .Pp
1.196     nicm     4437: .It Ic main-pane-height Ar height
1.2       nicm     4438: .It Ic main-pane-width Ar width
                   4439: Set the width or height of the main (left or top) pane in the
                   4440: .Ic main-horizontal
                   4441: or
                   4442: .Ic main-vertical
                   4443: layouts.
1.747     nicm     4444: If suffixed by
                   4445: .Ql % ,
                   4446: this is a percentage of the window size.
1.757     nicm     4447: .Pp
                   4448: .It Ic copy-mode-match-style Ar style
                   4449: Set the style of search matches in copy mode.
1.768     nicm     4450: For how to specify
                   4451: .Ar style ,
                   4452: see the
                   4453: .Sx STYLES
                   4454: section.
                   4455: .Pp
                   4456: .It Ic copy-mode-mark-style Ar style
                   4457: Set the style of the line containing the mark in copy mode.
1.757     nicm     4458: For how to specify
                   4459: .Ar style ,
                   4460: see the
                   4461: .Sx STYLES
                   4462: section.
                   4463: .Pp
                   4464: .It Ic copy-mode-current-match-style Ar style
                   4465: Set the style of the current search match in copy mode.
                   4466: For how to specify
                   4467: .Ar style ,
                   4468: see the
                   4469: .Sx STYLES
                   4470: section.
1.56      jmc      4471: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4472: .It Xo Ic mode-keys
1.56      jmc      4473: .Op Ic vi | emacs
1.1       nicm     4474: .Xc
1.500     nicm     4475: Use vi or emacs-style key bindings in copy mode.
                   4476: The default is emacs, unless
1.191     nicm     4477: .Ev VISUAL
                   4478: or
                   4479: .Ev EDITOR
                   4480: contains
                   4481: .Ql vi .
1.56      jmc      4482: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4483: .It Ic mode-style Ar style
                   4484: Set window modes style.
                   4485: For how to specify
                   4486: .Ar style ,
                   4487: see the
1.623     nicm     4488: .Sx STYLES
                   4489: section.
1.378     nicm     4490: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4491: .It Xo Ic monitor-activity
1.56      jmc      4492: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4493: .Xc
                   4494: Monitor for activity in the window.
                   4495: Windows with activity are highlighted in the status line.
1.56      jmc      4496: .Pp
1.574     nicm     4497: .It Xo Ic monitor-bell
                   4498: .Op Ic on | off
                   4499: .Xc
                   4500: Monitor for a bell in the window.
                   4501: Windows with a bell are highlighted in the status line.
                   4502: .Pp
1.192     nicm     4503: .It Xo Ic monitor-silence
                   4504: .Op Ic interval
                   4505: .Xc
                   4506: Monitor for silence (no activity) in the window within
                   4507: .Ic interval
                   4508: seconds.
                   4509: Windows that have been silent for the interval are highlighted in the
                   4510: status line.
                   4511: An interval of zero disables the monitoring.
1.195     nicm     4512: .Pp
                   4513: .It Ic other-pane-height Ar height
                   4514: Set the height of the other panes (not the main pane) in the
                   4515: .Ic main-horizontal
                   4516: layout.
                   4517: If this option is set to 0 (the default), it will have no effect.
                   4518: If both the
                   4519: .Ic main-pane-height
                   4520: and
                   4521: .Ic other-pane-height
                   4522: options are set, the main pane will grow taller to make the other panes the
                   4523: specified height, but will never shrink to do so.
1.747     nicm     4524: If suffixed by
                   4525: .Ql % ,
                   4526: this is a percentage of the window size.
1.195     nicm     4527: .Pp
                   4528: .It Ic other-pane-width Ar width
                   4529: Like
                   4530: .Ic other-pane-height ,
                   4531: but set the width of other panes in the
                   4532: .Ic main-vertical
                   4533: layout.
1.243     nicm     4534: .Pp
1.413     nicm     4535: .It Ic pane-active-border-style Ar style
                   4536: Set the pane border style for the currently active pane.
                   4537: For how to specify
                   4538: .Ar style ,
                   4539: see the
1.623     nicm     4540: .Sx STYLES
                   4541: section.
1.413     nicm     4542: Attributes are ignored.
1.866     nicm     4543: .Pp
1.243     nicm     4544: .It Ic pane-base-index Ar index
                   4545: Like
                   4546: .Ic base-index ,
                   4547: but set the starting index for pane numbers.
1.484     nicm     4548: .Pp
                   4549: .It Ic pane-border-format Ar format
                   4550: Set the text shown in pane border status lines.
1.875     nicm     4551: .Pp
                   4552: .It Xo Ic pane-border-indicators
                   4553: .Op Ic off | colour | arrows | both
                   4554: .Xc
                   4555: Indicate active pane by colouring only half of the border in windows with
                   4556: exactly two panes, by displaying arrow markers, by drawing both or neither.
1.770     nicm     4557: .Pp
                   4558: .It Ic pane-border-lines Ar type
                   4559: Set the type of characters used for drawing pane borders.
                   4560: .Ar type
                   4561: may be one of:
                   4562: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   4563: .It single
                   4564: single lines using ACS or UTF-8 characters
                   4565: .It double
                   4566: double lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4567: .It heavy
                   4568: heavy lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4569: .It simple
                   4570: simple ASCII characters
                   4571: .It number
                   4572: the pane number
                   4573: .El
                   4574: .Pp
                   4575: .Ql double
                   4576: and
                   4577: .Ql heavy
                   4578: will fall back to standard ACS line drawing when UTF-8 is not supported.
1.484     nicm     4579: .Pp
                   4580: .It Xo Ic pane-border-status
                   4581: .Op Ic off | top | bottom
                   4582: .Xc
                   4583: Turn pane border status lines off or set their position.
1.413     nicm     4584: .Pp
                   4585: .It Ic pane-border-style Ar style
                   4586: Set the pane border style for panes aside from the active pane.
                   4587: For how to specify
                   4588: .Ar style ,
                   4589: see the
1.623     nicm     4590: .Sx STYLES
                   4591: section.
1.413     nicm     4592: Attributes are ignored.
1.192     nicm     4593: .Pp
1.862     nicm     4594: .It Ic popup-style Ar style
                   4595: Set the popup style.
1.925     nicm     4596: See the
1.862     nicm     4597: .Sx STYLES
1.925     nicm     4598: section on how to specify
                   4599: .Ar style .
1.862     nicm     4600: Attributes are ignored.
                   4601: .Pp
                   4602: .It Ic popup-border-style Ar style
                   4603: Set the popup border style.
1.925     nicm     4604: See the
1.862     nicm     4605: .Sx STYLES
1.925     nicm     4606: section on how to specify
                   4607: .Ar style .
1.862     nicm     4608: Attributes are ignored.
                   4609: .Pp
                   4610: .It Ic popup-border-lines Ar type
                   4611: Set the type of characters used for drawing popup borders.
                   4612: .Ar type
                   4613: may be one of:
                   4614: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   4615: .It single
                   4616: single lines using ACS or UTF-8 characters (default)
                   4617: .It rounded
                   4618: variation of single with rounded corners using UTF-8 characters
                   4619: .It double
                   4620: double lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4621: .It heavy
                   4622: heavy lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4623: .It simple
                   4624: simple ASCII characters
                   4625: .It padded
                   4626: simple ASCII space character
                   4627: .It none
                   4628: no border
                   4629: .El
                   4630: .Pp
                   4631: .Ql double
                   4632: and
                   4633: .Ql heavy
                   4634: will fall back to standard ACS line drawing when UTF-8 is not supported.
                   4635: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4636: .It Ic window-status-activity-style Ar style
                   4637: Set status line style for windows with an activity alert.
                   4638: For how to specify
                   4639: .Ar style ,
                   4640: see the
1.623     nicm     4641: .Sx STYLES
                   4642: section.
1.169     nicm     4643: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4644: .It Ic window-status-bell-style Ar style
                   4645: Set status line style for windows with a bell alert.
                   4646: For how to specify
                   4647: .Ar style ,
                   4648: see the
1.623     nicm     4649: .Sx STYLES
                   4650: section.
1.169     nicm     4651: .Pp
1.125     nicm     4652: .It Ic window-status-current-format Ar string
                   4653: Like
                   4654: .Ar window-status-format ,
                   4655: but is the format used when the window is the current window.
1.307     nicm     4656: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4657: .It Ic window-status-current-style Ar style
                   4658: Set status line style for the currently active window.
                   4659: For how to specify
                   4660: .Ar style ,
                   4661: see the
1.623     nicm     4662: .Sx STYLES
                   4663: section.
1.239     nicm     4664: .Pp
                   4665: .It Ic window-status-format Ar string
                   4666: Set the format in which the window is displayed in the status line window list.
                   4667: See the
1.623     nicm     4668: .Sx FORMATS
                   4669: and
                   4670: .Sx STYLES
                   4671: sections.
1.290     nicm     4672: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4673: .It Ic window-status-last-style Ar style
                   4674: Set status line style for the last active window.
                   4675: For how to specify
                   4676: .Ar style ,
                   4677: see the
1.623     nicm     4678: .Sx STYLES
                   4679: section.
1.378     nicm     4680: .Pp
1.290     nicm     4681: .It Ic window-status-separator Ar string
                   4682: Sets the separator drawn between windows in the status line.
                   4683: The default is a single space character.
1.125     nicm     4684: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4685: .It Ic window-status-style Ar style
                   4686: Set status line style for a single window.
1.418     nicm     4687: For how to specify
                   4688: .Ar style ,
                   4689: see the
1.623     nicm     4690: .Sx STYLES
                   4691: section.
1.418     nicm     4692: .Pp
1.642     nicm     4693: .It Xo Ic window-size
1.689     nicm     4694: .Ar largest | Ar smallest | Ar manual | Ar latest
1.642     nicm     4695: .Xc
                   4696: Configure how
                   4697: .Nm
                   4698: determines the window size.
                   4699: If set to
                   4700: .Ar largest ,
                   4701: the size of the largest attached session is used; if
                   4702: .Ar smallest ,
                   4703: the size of the smallest.
                   4704: If
                   4705: .Ar manual ,
                   4706: the size of a new window is set from the
                   4707: .Ic default-size
                   4708: option and windows are resized automatically.
1.689     nicm     4709: With
                   4710: .Ar latest ,
                   4711: .Nm
                   4712: uses the size of the client that had the most recent activity.
1.642     nicm     4713: See also the
                   4714: .Ic resize-window
                   4715: command and the
                   4716: .Ic aggressive-resize
                   4717: option.
                   4718: .Pp
1.512     nicm     4719: .It Xo Ic wrap-search
                   4720: .Op Ic on | off
                   4721: .Xc
                   4722: If this option is set, searches will wrap around the end of the pane contents.
                   4723: The default is on.
1.57      jmc      4724: .El
1.668     nicm     4725: .Pp
                   4726: Available pane options are:
                   4727: .Pp
                   4728: .Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
1.877     nicm     4729: .It Xo Ic allow-passthrough
1.897     nicm     4730: .Op Ic on | off | all
1.877     nicm     4731: .Xc
                   4732: Allow programs in the pane to bypass
                   4733: .Nm
                   4734: using a terminal escape sequence (\eePtmux;...\ee\e\e).
1.897     nicm     4735: If set to
                   4736: .Ic on ,
                   4737: passthrough sequences will be allowed only if the pane is visible.
                   4738: If set to
                   4739: .Ic all ,
                   4740: they will be allowed even if the pane is invisible.
1.877     nicm     4741: .Pp
1.669     nicm     4742: .It Xo Ic allow-rename
                   4743: .Op Ic on | off
                   4744: .Xc
                   4745: Allow programs in the pane to change the window name using a terminal escape
                   4746: sequence (\eek...\ee\e\e).
                   4747: .Pp
                   4748: .It Xo Ic alternate-screen
                   4749: .Op Ic on | off
                   4750: .Xc
                   4751: This option configures whether programs running inside the pane may use the
                   4752: terminal alternate screen feature, which allows the
                   4753: .Em smcup
                   4754: and
                   4755: .Em rmcup
                   4756: .Xr terminfo 5
                   4757: capabilities.
                   4758: The alternate screen feature preserves the contents of the window when an
                   4759: interactive application starts and restores it on exit, so that any output
                   4760: visible before the application starts reappears unchanged after it exits.
1.868     nicm     4761: .Pp
                   4762: .It Ic cursor-colour Ar colour
                   4763: Set the colour of the cursor.
1.850     nicm     4764: .Pp
                   4765: .It Ic pane-colours[] Ar colour
                   4766: The default colour palette.
                   4767: Each entry in the array defines the colour
                   4768: .Nm
                   4769: uses when the colour with that index is requested.
                   4770: The index may be from zero to 255.
1.869     nicm     4771: .Pp
                   4772: .It Ic cursor-style Ar style
1.871     nicm     4773: Set the style of the cursor.
                   4774: Available styles are:
1.869     nicm     4775: .Ic default ,
                   4776: .Ic blinking-block ,
                   4777: .Ic block ,
                   4778: .Ic blinking-underline ,
                   4779: .Ic underline ,
                   4780: .Ic blinking-bar ,
                   4781: .Ic bar .
1.669     nicm     4782: .Pp
1.668     nicm     4783: .It Xo Ic remain-on-exit
1.810     nicm     4784: .Op Ic on | off | failed
1.57      jmc      4785: .Xc
1.668     nicm     4786: A pane with this flag set is not destroyed when the program running in it
                   4787: exits.
1.810     nicm     4788: If set to
                   4789: .Ic failed ,
                   4790: then only when the program exit status is not zero.
1.668     nicm     4791: The pane may be reactivated with the
                   4792: .Ic respawn-pane
                   4793: command.
1.808     nicm     4794: .Pp
1.882     nicm     4795: .It Ic remain-on-exit-format Ar string
                   4796: Set the text shown at the bottom of exited panes when
                   4797: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   4798: is enabled.
1.884     nicm     4799: .Pp
                   4800: .It Xo Ic scroll-on-clear
                   4801: .Op Ic on | off
                   4802: .Xc
                   4803: When the entire screen is cleared and this option is on, scroll the contents of
                   4804: the screen into history before clearing it.
1.882     nicm     4805: .Pp
1.808     nicm     4806: .It Xo Ic synchronize-panes
                   4807: .Op Ic on | off
                   4808: .Xc
                   4809: Duplicate input to all other panes in the same window where this option is also
                   4810: on (only for panes that are not in any mode).
1.668     nicm     4811: .Pp
                   4812: .It Ic window-active-style Ar style
                   4813: Set the pane style when it is the active pane.
                   4814: For how to specify
                   4815: .Ar style ,
                   4816: see the
                   4817: .Sx STYLES
                   4818: section.
                   4819: .Pp
                   4820: .It Ic window-style Ar style
                   4821: Set the pane style.
                   4822: For how to specify
                   4823: .Ar style ,
                   4824: see the
                   4825: .Sx STYLES
                   4826: section.
1.843     jmc      4827: .El
1.469     nicm     4828: .Sh HOOKS
                   4829: .Nm
                   4830: allows commands to run on various triggers, called
                   4831: .Em hooks .
1.505     nicm     4832: Most
1.483     nicm     4833: .Nm
1.505     nicm     4834: commands have an
1.483     nicm     4835: .Em after
                   4836: hook and there are a number of hooks not associated with commands.
                   4837: .Pp
1.640     nicm     4838: Hooks are stored as array options, members of the array are executed in
                   4839: order when the hook is triggered.
1.916     nicm     4840: Like options different hooks may be global or belong to a session, window or
                   4841: pane.
1.640     nicm     4842: Hooks may be configured with the
                   4843: .Ic set-hook
                   4844: or
                   4845: .Ic set-option
                   4846: commands and displayed with
                   4847: .Ic show-hooks
                   4848: or
                   4849: .Ic show-options
                   4850: .Fl H .
                   4851: The following two commands are equivalent:
                   4852: .Bd -literal -offset indent.
                   4853: set-hook -g pane-mode-changed[42] 'set -g status-left-style bg=red'
                   4854: set-option -g pane-mode-changed[42] 'set -g status-left-style bg=red'
                   4855: .Ed
                   4856: .Pp
                   4857: Setting a hook without specifying an array index clears the hook and sets the
                   4858: first member of the array.
                   4859: .Pp
1.505     nicm     4860: A command's after
                   4861: hook is run after it completes, except when the command is run as part of a hook
1.483     nicm     4862: itself.
1.505     nicm     4863: They are named with an
1.483     nicm     4864: .Ql after-
                   4865: prefix.
                   4866: For example, the following command adds a hook to select the even-vertical
                   4867: layout after every
                   4868: .Ic split-window :
                   4869: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.640     nicm     4870: set-hook -g after-split-window "selectl even-vertical"
1.483     nicm     4871: .Ed
                   4872: .Pp
1.584     nicm     4873: All the notifications listed in the
                   4874: .Sx CONTROL MODE
                   4875: section are hooks (without any arguments), except
                   4876: .Ic %exit .
                   4877: The following additional hooks are available:
1.560     nicm     4878: .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX"
1.476     nicm     4879: .It alert-activity
                   4880: Run when a window has activity.
                   4881: See
                   4882: .Ic monitor-activity .
                   4883: .It alert-bell
                   4884: Run when a window has received a bell.
1.574     nicm     4885: See
                   4886: .Ic monitor-bell .
1.476     nicm     4887: .It alert-silence
                   4888: Run when a window has been silent.
                   4889: See
                   4890: .Ic monitor-silence .
1.845     nicm     4891: .It client-active
                   4892: Run when a client becomes the latest active client of its session.
1.469     nicm     4893: .It client-attached
                   4894: Run when a client is attached.
                   4895: .It client-detached
                   4896: Run when a client is detached
1.846     nicm     4897: .It client-focus-in
                   4898: Run when focus enters a client
                   4899: .It client-focus-out
                   4900: Run when focus exits a client
1.469     nicm     4901: .It client-resized
                   4902: Run when a client is resized.
1.511     nicm     4903: .It client-session-changed
                   4904: Run when a client's attached session is changed.
1.475     nicm     4905: .It pane-died
                   4906: Run when the program running in a pane exits, but
                   4907: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   4908: is on so the pane has not closed.
                   4909: .It pane-exited
                   4910: Run when the program running in a pane exits.
1.603     nicm     4911: .It pane-focus-in
                   4912: Run when the focus enters a pane, if the
                   4913: .Ic focus-events
                   4914: option is on.
                   4915: .It pane-focus-out
                   4916: Run when the focus exits a pane, if the
                   4917: .Ic focus-events
                   4918: option is on.
1.560     nicm     4919: .It pane-set-clipboard
                   4920: Run when the terminal clipboard is set using the
                   4921: .Xr xterm 1
                   4922: escape sequence.
1.510     nicm     4923: .It session-created
                   4924: Run when a new session created.
                   4925: .It session-closed
                   4926: Run when a session closed.
1.507     nicm     4927: .It session-renamed
                   4928: Run when a session is renamed.
1.511     nicm     4929: .It window-linked
                   4930: Run when a window is linked into a session.
1.507     nicm     4931: .It window-renamed
                   4932: Run when a window is renamed.
1.878     nicm     4933: .It window-resized
                   4934: Run when a window is resized.
                   4935: This may be after the
                   4936: .Ar client-resized
                   4937: hook is run.
1.511     nicm     4938: .It window-unlinked
                   4939: Run when a window is unlinked from a session.
1.469     nicm     4940: .El
                   4941: .Pp
                   4942: Hooks are managed with these commands:
                   4943: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   4944: .It Xo Ic set-hook
1.740     nicm     4945: .Op Fl agpRuw
                   4946: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.469     nicm     4947: .Ar hook-name
                   4948: .Ar command
                   4949: .Xc
1.604     nicm     4950: Without
1.605     jmc      4951: .Fl R ,
1.604     nicm     4952: sets (or with
1.496     nicm     4953: .Fl u
                   4954: unsets) hook
1.469     nicm     4955: .Ar hook-name
                   4956: to
                   4957: .Ar command .
1.740     nicm     4958: The flags are the same as for
                   4959: .Ic set-option .
1.604     nicm     4960: .Pp
                   4961: With
                   4962: .Fl R ,
                   4963: run
                   4964: .Ar hook-name
                   4965: immediately.
1.469     nicm     4966: .It Xo Ic show-hooks
1.740     nicm     4967: .Op Fl gpw
                   4968: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.469     nicm     4969: .Xc
1.740     nicm     4970: Shows hooks.
                   4971: The flags are the same as for
                   4972: .Ic show-options .
1.470     jmc      4973: .El
1.419     nicm     4974: .Sh MOUSE SUPPORT
                   4975: If the
                   4976: .Ic mouse
                   4977: option is on (the default is off),
                   4978: .Nm
                   4979: allows mouse events to be bound as keys.
                   4980: The name of each key is made up of a mouse event (such as
                   4981: .Ql MouseUp1 )
1.632     nicm     4982: and a location suffix, one of the following:
                   4983: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent
                   4984: .It Li "Pane" Ta "the contents of a pane"
                   4985: .It Li "Border" Ta "a pane border"
                   4986: .It Li "Status" Ta "the status line window list"
                   4987: .It Li "StatusLeft" Ta "the left part of the status line"
                   4988: .It Li "StatusRight" Ta "the right part of the status line"
                   4989: .It Li "StatusDefault" Ta "any other part of the status line"
                   4990: .El
                   4991: .Pp
1.419     nicm     4992: The following mouse events are available:
                   4993: .Bl -column "MouseDown1" "MouseDrag1" "WheelDown" -offset indent
1.498     nicm     4994: .It Li "WheelUp" Ta "WheelDown" Ta ""
1.481     nicm     4995: .It Li "MouseDown1" Ta "MouseUp1" Ta "MouseDrag1" Ta "MouseDragEnd1"
                   4996: .It Li "MouseDown2" Ta "MouseUp2" Ta "MouseDrag2" Ta "MouseDragEnd2"
                   4997: .It Li "MouseDown3" Ta "MouseUp3" Ta "MouseDrag3" Ta "MouseDragEnd3"
1.724     nicm     4998: .It Li "SecondClick1" Ta "SecondClick2" Ta "SecondClick3"
1.590     nicm     4999: .It Li "DoubleClick1" Ta "DoubleClick2" Ta "DoubleClick3"
                   5000: .It Li "TripleClick1" Ta "TripleClick2" Ta "TripleClick3"
1.419     nicm     5001: .El
1.724     nicm     5002: .Pp
                   5003: The
                   5004: .Ql SecondClick
                   5005: events are fired for the second click of a double click, even if there may be a
                   5006: third click which will fire
                   5007: .Ql TripleClick
                   5008: instead of
                   5009: .Ql DoubleClick .
1.419     nicm     5010: .Pp
                   5011: Each should be suffixed with a location, for example
                   5012: .Ql MouseDown1Status .
                   5013: .Pp
1.423     nicm     5014: The special token
                   5015: .Ql {mouse}
                   5016: or
1.419     nicm     5017: .Ql =
                   5018: may be used as
                   5019: .Ar target-window
                   5020: or
                   5021: .Ar target-pane
                   5022: in commands bound to mouse key bindings.
                   5023: It resolves to the window or pane over which the mouse event took place
1.916     nicm     5024: (for example, the window in the status line over which button 1 was released
                   5025: for a
1.419     nicm     5026: .Ql MouseUp1Status
                   5027: binding, or the pane over which the wheel was scrolled for a
                   5028: .Ql WheelDownPane
                   5029: binding).
                   5030: .Pp
                   5031: The
                   5032: .Ic send-keys
                   5033: .Fl M
                   5034: flag may be used to forward a mouse event to a pane.
                   5035: .Pp
                   5036: The default key bindings allow the mouse to be used to select and resize panes,
                   5037: to copy text and to change window using the status line.
                   5038: These take effect if the
                   5039: .Ic mouse
                   5040: option is turned on.
1.245     nicm     5041: .Sh FORMATS
1.294     nicm     5042: Certain commands accept the
1.245     nicm     5043: .Fl F
                   5044: flag with a
                   5045: .Ar format
                   5046: argument.
                   5047: This is a string which controls the output format of the command.
1.678     nicm     5048: Format variables are enclosed in
1.245     nicm     5049: .Ql #{
                   5050: and
                   5051: .Ql } ,
                   5052: for example
1.359     nicm     5053: .Ql #{session_name} .
1.409     nicm     5054: The possible variables are listed in the table below, or the name of a
                   5055: .Nm
                   5056: option may be used for an option's value.
                   5057: Some variables have a shorter alias such as
1.598     nicm     5058: .Ql #S ;
1.376     nicm     5059: .Ql ##
                   5060: is replaced by a single
1.598     nicm     5061: .Ql # ,
                   5062: .Ql #,
                   5063: by a
                   5064: .Ql \&,
                   5065: and
                   5066: .Ql #}
                   5067: by a
                   5068: .Ql } .
1.409     nicm     5069: .Pp
                   5070: Conditionals are available by prefixing with
1.246     jmc      5071: .Ql \&?
1.245     nicm     5072: and separating two alternatives with a comma;
                   5073: if the specified variable exists and is not zero, the first alternative
1.246     jmc      5074: is chosen, otherwise the second is used.
                   5075: For example
1.245     nicm     5076: .Ql #{?session_attached,attached,not attached}
                   5077: will include the string
                   5078: .Ql attached
                   5079: if the session is attached and the string
                   5080: .Ql not attached
1.409     nicm     5081: if it is unattached, or
                   5082: .Ql #{?automatic-rename,yes,no}
                   5083: will include
                   5084: .Ql yes
                   5085: if
                   5086: .Ic automatic-rename
                   5087: is enabled, or
                   5088: .Ql no
                   5089: if not.
1.599     nicm     5090: Conditionals can be nested arbitrarily.
                   5091: Inside a conditional,
                   5092: .Ql \&,
                   5093: and
                   5094: .Ql }
                   5095: must be escaped as
                   5096: .Ql #,
                   5097: and
                   5098: .Ql #} ,
                   5099: unless they are part of a
                   5100: .Ql #{...}
1.600     nicm     5101: replacement.
                   5102: For example:
1.599     nicm     5103: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   5104: #{?pane_in_mode,#[fg=white#,bg=red],#[fg=red#,bg=white]}#W .
                   5105: .Ed
1.520     nicm     5106: .Pp
1.678     nicm     5107: String comparisons may be expressed by prefixing two comma-separated
1.520     nicm     5108: alternatives by
1.652     nicm     5109: .Ql == ,
                   5110: .Ql != ,
                   5111: .Ql < ,
                   5112: .Ql > ,
                   5113: .Ql <=
1.520     nicm     5114: or
1.652     nicm     5115: .Ql >=
1.520     nicm     5116: and a colon.
                   5117: For example
1.544     nicm     5118: .Ql #{==:#{host},myhost}
1.520     nicm     5119: will be replaced by
                   5120: .Ql 1
                   5121: if running on
                   5122: .Ql myhost ,
                   5123: otherwise by
1.554     nicm     5124: .Ql 0 .
                   5125: .Ql ||
                   5126: and
                   5127: .Ql &&
                   5128: evaluate to true if either or both of two comma-separated alternatives are
                   5129: true, for example
1.595     nicm     5130: .Ql #{||:#{pane_in_mode},#{alternate_on}} .
1.664     nicm     5131: .Pp
                   5132: An
                   5133: .Ql m
                   5134: specifies an
                   5135: .Xr fnmatch 3
                   5136: or regular expression comparison.
                   5137: The first argument is the pattern and the second the string to compare.
1.714     nicm     5138: An optional argument specifies flags:
1.664     nicm     5139: .Ql r
                   5140: means the pattern is a regular expression instead of the default
                   5141: .Xr fnmatch 3
                   5142: pattern, and
                   5143: .Ql i
                   5144: means to ignore case.
                   5145: For example:
                   5146: .Ql #{m:*foo*,#{host}}
                   5147: or
                   5148: .Ql #{m/ri:^A,MYVAR} .
1.554     nicm     5149: A
                   5150: .Ql C
                   5151: performs a search for an
                   5152: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.664     nicm     5153: pattern or regular expression in the pane content and evaluates to zero if not
                   5154: found, or a line number if found.
                   5155: Like
                   5156: .Ql m ,
1.665     jmc      5157: an
1.664     nicm     5158: .Ql r
                   5159: flag means search for a regular expression and
                   5160: .Ql i
                   5161: ignores case.
                   5162: For example:
                   5163: .Ql #{C/r:^Start}
1.714     nicm     5164: .Pp
1.916     nicm     5165: Numeric operators may be performed by prefixing two comma-separated alternatives
                   5166: with an
1.714     nicm     5167: .Ql e
                   5168: and an operator.
                   5169: An optional
                   5170: .Ql f
1.916     nicm     5171: flag may be given after the operator to use floating point numbers, otherwise
                   5172: integers are used.
                   5173: This may be followed by a number giving the number of decimal places to use for
                   5174: the result.
1.714     nicm     5175: The available operators are:
                   5176: addition
                   5177: .Ql + ,
                   5178: subtraction
                   5179: .Ql - ,
                   5180: multiplication
                   5181: .Ql * ,
                   5182: division
                   5183: .Ql / ,
1.801     nicm     5184: modulus
1.714     nicm     5185: .Ql m
                   5186: or
                   5187: .Ql %
                   5188: (note that
                   5189: .Ql %
                   5190: must be escaped as
                   5191: .Ql %%
                   5192: in formats which are also expanded by
1.801     nicm     5193: .Xr strftime 3 )
                   5194: and numeric comparison operators
                   5195: .Ql == ,
                   5196: .Ql != ,
                   5197: .Ql < ,
                   5198: .Ql <= ,
                   5199: .Ql >
                   5200: and
                   5201: .Ql >= .
1.714     nicm     5202: For example,
                   5203: .Ql #{e|*|f|4:5.5,3}
                   5204: multiplies 5.5 by 3 for a result with four decimal places and
                   5205: .Ql #{e|%%:7,3}
                   5206: returns the modulus of 7 and 3.
1.833     nicm     5207: .Ql a
                   5208: replaces a numeric argument by its ASCII equivalent, so
                   5209: .Ql #{a:98}
                   5210: results in
                   5211: .Ql b .
1.867     nicm     5212: .Ql c
                   5213: replaces a
                   5214: .Nm
                   5215: colour by its six-digit hexadecimal RGB value.
1.453     nicm     5216: .Pp
1.367     nicm     5217: A limit may be placed on the length of the resultant string by prefixing it
                   5218: by an
                   5219: .Ql = ,
1.479     nicm     5220: a number and a colon.
                   5221: Positive numbers count from the start of the string and negative from the end,
                   5222: so
                   5223: .Ql #{=5:pane_title}
1.653     nicm     5224: will include at most the first five characters of the pane title, or
1.479     nicm     5225: .Ql #{=-5:pane_title}
1.653     nicm     5226: the last five characters.
                   5227: A suffix or prefix may be given as a second argument - if provided then it is
                   5228: appended or prepended to the string if the length has been trimmed, for example
                   5229: .Ql #{=/5/...:pane_title}
                   5230: will append
                   5231: .Ql ...
                   5232: if the pane title is more than five characters.
1.698     nicm     5233: Similarly,
                   5234: .Ql p
                   5235: pads the string to a given width, for example
                   5236: .Ql #{p10:pane_title}
                   5237: will result in a width of at least 10 characters.
                   5238: A positive width pads on the left, a negative on the right.
1.791     nicm     5239: .Ql n
1.803     nicm     5240: expands to the length of the variable and
                   5241: .Ql w
                   5242: to its width when displayed, for example
1.791     nicm     5243: .Ql #{n:window_name} .
1.653     nicm     5244: .Pp
1.453     nicm     5245: Prefixing a time variable with
1.683     nicm     5246: .Ql t:\&
1.453     nicm     5247: will convert it to a string, so if
                   5248: .Ql #{window_activity}
                   5249: gives
1.454     jmc      5250: .Ql 1445765102 ,
1.453     nicm     5251: .Ql #{t:window_activity}
                   5252: gives
                   5253: .Ql Sun Oct 25 09:25:02 2015 .
1.751     nicm     5254: Adding
                   5255: .Ql p (
                   5256: .Ql `t/p` )
                   5257: will use shorter but less accurate time format for times in the past.
1.765     nicm     5258: A custom format may be given using an
                   5259: .Ql f
                   5260: suffix (note that
                   5261: .Ql %
                   5262: must be escaped as
                   5263: .Ql %%
                   5264: if the format is separately being passed through
                   5265: .Xr strftime 3 ,
                   5266: for example in the
                   5267: .Ic status-left
                   5268: option):
                   5269: .Ql #{t/f/%%H#:%%M:window_activity} ,
                   5270: see
                   5271: .Xr strftime 3 .
                   5272: .Pp
1.453     nicm     5273: The
1.683     nicm     5274: .Ql b:\&
1.453     nicm     5275: and
1.683     nicm     5276: .Ql d:\&
1.453     nicm     5277: prefixes are
                   5278: .Xr basename 3
                   5279: and
                   5280: .Xr dirname 3
                   5281: of the variable respectively.
1.683     nicm     5282: .Ql q:\&
1.610     nicm     5283: will escape
                   5284: .Xr sh 1
1.812     nicm     5285: special characters or with a
                   5286: .Ql h
1.806     nicm     5287: suffix, escape hash characters (so
                   5288: .Ql #
                   5289: becomes
1.807     nicm     5290: .Ql ## ) .
1.683     nicm     5291: .Ql E:\&
1.617     nicm     5292: will expand the format twice, for example
                   5293: .Ql #{E:status-left}
                   5294: is the result of expanding the content of the
                   5295: .Ic status-left
1.671     nicm     5296: option rather than the option itself.
1.683     nicm     5297: .Ql T:\&
1.620     nicm     5298: is like
1.683     nicm     5299: .Ql E:\&
1.620     nicm     5300: but also expands
                   5301: .Xr strftime 3
                   5302: specifiers.
1.683     nicm     5303: .Ql S:\& ,
1.916     nicm     5304: .Ql W:\& ,
                   5305: .Ql P:\&
1.618     nicm     5306: or
1.916     nicm     5307: .Ql L:\&
                   5308: will loop over each session, window, pane or client and insert the format once
1.619     nicm     5309: for each.
                   5310: For windows and panes, two comma-separated formats may be given:
                   5311: the second is used for the current window or active pane.
                   5312: For example, to get a list of windows formatted like the status line:
1.618     nicm     5313: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   5314: #{W:#{E:window-status-format} ,#{E:window-status-current-format} }
                   5315: .Ed
1.817     nicm     5316: .Pp
                   5317: .Ql N:\&
                   5318: checks if a window (without any suffix or with the
                   5319: .Ql w
                   5320: suffix) or a session (with the
                   5321: .Ql s
                   5322: suffix) name exists, for example
                   5323: .Ql `N/w:foo`
                   5324: is replaced with 1 if a window named
                   5325: .Ql foo
                   5326: exists.
1.625     nicm     5327: .Pp
1.461     nicm     5328: A prefix of the form
1.683     nicm     5329: .Ql s/foo/bar/:\&
1.461     nicm     5330: will substitute
                   5331: .Ql foo
                   5332: with
                   5333: .Ql bar
                   5334: throughout.
1.916     nicm     5335: The first argument may be an extended regular expression and a final argument
                   5336: may be
1.664     nicm     5337: .Ql i
                   5338: to ignore case, for example
1.683     nicm     5339: .Ql s/a(.)/\e1x/i:\&
1.664     nicm     5340: would change
                   5341: .Ql abABab
                   5342: into
                   5343: .Ql bxBxbx .
1.907     nicm     5344: A different delimiter character may also be used, to avoid collisions with
                   5345: literal slashes in the pattern.
                   5346: For example,
1.916     nicm     5347: .Ql s|foo/|bar/|:\&
1.907     nicm     5348: will substitute
                   5349: .Ql foo/
                   5350: with
                   5351: .Ql bar/
                   5352: throughout.
1.431     nicm     5353: .Pp
1.671     nicm     5354: In addition, the last line of a shell command's output may be inserted using
1.431     nicm     5355: .Ql #() .
                   5356: For example,
                   5357: .Ql #(uptime)
                   5358: will insert the system's uptime.
                   5359: When constructing formats,
                   5360: .Nm
                   5361: does not wait for
                   5362: .Ql #()
1.916     nicm     5363: commands to finish; instead, the previous result from running the same command
                   5364: is used, or a placeholder if the command has not been run before.
                   5365: If the command hasn't exited, the most recent line of output will be used, but
                   5366: the status line will not be updated more than once a second.
1.874     nicm     5367: Commands are executed using
                   5368: .Pa /bin/sh
                   5369: and with the
1.431     nicm     5370: .Nm
                   5371: global environment set (see the
1.644     schwarze 5372: .Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
1.431     nicm     5373: section).
1.671     nicm     5374: .Pp
                   5375: An
                   5376: .Ql l
                   5377: specifies that a string should be interpreted literally and not expanded.
                   5378: For example
                   5379: .Ql #{l:#{?pane_in_mode,yes,no}}
                   5380: will be replaced by
                   5381: .Ql #{?pane_in_mode,yes,no} .
1.245     nicm     5382: .Pp
                   5383: The following variables are available, where appropriate:
1.359     nicm     5384: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "XXXXX"
                   5385: .It Sy "Variable name" Ta Sy "Alias" Ta Sy "Replaced with"
1.824     nicm     5386: .It Li "active_window_index" Ta "" Ta "Index of active window in session"
1.678     nicm     5387: .It Li "alternate_on" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is in alternate screen"
1.359     nicm     5388: .It Li "alternate_saved_x" Ta "" Ta "Saved cursor X in alternate screen"
                   5389: .It Li "alternate_saved_y" Ta "" Ta "Saved cursor Y in alternate screen"
1.572     nicm     5390: .It Li "buffer_created" Ta "" Ta "Time buffer created"
1.490     nicm     5391: .It Li "buffer_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of buffer"
1.386     nicm     5392: .It Li "buffer_sample" Ta "" Ta "Sample of start of buffer"
1.359     nicm     5393: .It Li "buffer_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of the specified buffer in bytes"
1.572     nicm     5394: .It Li "client_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time client last had activity"
1.699     nicm     5395: .It Li "client_cell_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of each client cell in pixels"
                   5396: .It Li "client_cell_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of each client cell in pixels"
1.646     nicm     5397: .It Li "client_control_mode" Ta "" Ta "1 if client is in control mode"
1.572     nicm     5398: .It Li "client_created" Ta "" Ta "Time client created"
1.542     nicm     5399: .It Li "client_discarded" Ta "" Ta "Bytes discarded when client behind"
1.762     nicm     5400: .It Li "client_flags" Ta "" Ta "List of client flags"
1.359     nicm     5401: .It Li "client_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of client"
1.451     nicm     5402: .It Li "client_key_table" Ta "" Ta "Current key table"
1.359     nicm     5403: .It Li "client_last_session" Ta "" Ta "Name of the client's last session"
1.540     nicm     5404: .It Li "client_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of client"
1.437     nicm     5405: .It Li "client_pid" Ta "" Ta "PID of client process"
1.359     nicm     5406: .It Li "client_prefix" Ta "" Ta "1 if prefix key has been pressed"
1.888     nicm     5407: .It Li "client_readonly" Ta "" Ta "1 if client is read-only"
1.359     nicm     5408: .It Li "client_session" Ta "" Ta "Name of the client's session"
1.822     nicm     5409: .It Li "client_termfeatures" Ta "" Ta "Terminal features of client, if any"
1.359     nicm     5410: .It Li "client_termname" Ta "" Ta "Terminal name of client"
1.754     nicm     5411: .It Li "client_termtype" Ta "" Ta "Terminal type of client, if available"
1.359     nicm     5412: .It Li "client_tty" Ta "" Ta "Pseudo terminal of client"
1.880     nicm     5413: .It Li "client_uid" Ta "" Ta "UID of client process"
                   5414: .It Li "client_user" Ta "" Ta "User of client process"
1.699     nicm     5415: .It Li "client_utf8" Ta "" Ta "1 if client supports UTF-8"
1.359     nicm     5416: .It Li "client_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of client"
1.541     nicm     5417: .It Li "client_written" Ta "" Ta "Bytes written to client"
1.509     nicm     5418: .It Li "command" Ta "" Ta "Name of command in use, if any"
1.646     nicm     5419: .It Li "command_list_alias" Ta "" Ta "Command alias if listing commands"
1.489     nicm     5420: .It Li "command_list_name" Ta "" Ta "Command name if listing commands"
                   5421: .It Li "command_list_usage" Ta "" Ta "Command usage if listing commands"
1.824     nicm     5422: .It Li "config_files" Ta "" Ta "List of configuration files loaded"
1.692     nicm     5423: .It Li "copy_cursor_line" Ta "" Ta "Line the cursor is on in copy mode"
                   5424: .It Li "copy_cursor_word" Ta "" Ta "Word under cursor in copy mode"
1.691     nicm     5425: .It Li "copy_cursor_x" Ta "" Ta "Cursor X position in copy mode"
                   5426: .It Li "copy_cursor_y" Ta "" Ta "Cursor Y position in copy mode"
1.832     nicm     5427: .It Li "current_file" Ta "" Ta "Current configuration file"
1.646     nicm     5428: .It Li "cursor_character" Ta "" Ta "Character at cursor in pane"
1.359     nicm     5429: .It Li "cursor_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane cursor flag"
                   5430: .It Li "cursor_x" Ta "" Ta "Cursor X position in pane"
                   5431: .It Li "cursor_y" Ta "" Ta "Cursor Y position in pane"
                   5432: .It Li "history_bytes" Ta "" Ta "Number of bytes in window history"
                   5433: .It Li "history_limit" Ta "" Ta "Maximum window history lines"
1.581     nicm     5434: .It Li "history_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of history in lines"
1.509     nicm     5435: .It Li "hook" Ta "" Ta "Name of running hook, if any"
1.851     nicm     5436: .It Li "hook_client" Ta "" Ta "Name of client where hook was run, if any"
1.511     nicm     5437: .It Li "hook_pane" Ta "" Ta "ID of pane where hook was run, if any"
1.510     nicm     5438: .It Li "hook_session" Ta "" Ta "ID of session where hook was run, if any"
                   5439: .It Li "hook_session_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of session where hook was run, if any"
                   5440: .It Li "hook_window" Ta "" Ta "ID of window where hook was run, if any"
                   5441: .It Li "hook_window_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of window where hook was run, if any"
1.359     nicm     5442: .It Li "host" Ta "#H" Ta "Hostname of local host"
                   5443: .It Li "host_short" Ta "#h" Ta "Hostname of local host (no domain name)"
                   5444: .It Li "insert_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane insert flag"
                   5445: .It Li "keypad_cursor_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane keypad cursor flag"
                   5446: .It Li "keypad_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane keypad flag"
1.824     nicm     5447: .It Li "last_window_index" Ta "" Ta "Index of last window in session"
1.359     nicm     5448: .It Li "line" Ta "" Ta "Line number in the list"
1.646     nicm     5449: .It Li "mouse_all_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse all flag"
1.359     nicm     5450: .It Li "mouse_any_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse any flag"
                   5451: .It Li "mouse_button_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse button flag"
1.894     nicm     5452: .It Li "mouse_hyperlink" Ta "" Ta "Hyperlink under mouse, if any"
1.676     nicm     5453: .It Li "mouse_line" Ta "" Ta "Line under mouse, if any"
                   5454: .It Li "mouse_sgr_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse SGR flag"
1.359     nicm     5455: .It Li "mouse_standard_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse standard flag"
1.928     nicm     5456: .It Li "mouse_status_line" Ta "" Ta "Status line on which mouse event took place"
                   5457: .It Li "mouse_status_range" Ta "" Ta "Range type or argument of mouse event on status line"
1.676     nicm     5458: .It Li "mouse_utf8_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse UTF-8 flag"
                   5459: .It Li "mouse_word" Ta "" Ta "Word under mouse, if any"
1.654     nicm     5460: .It Li "mouse_x" Ta "" Ta "Mouse X position, if any"
                   5461: .It Li "mouse_y" Ta "" Ta "Mouse Y position, if any"
1.879     nicm     5462: .It Li "next_session_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique session ID for next new session"
1.676     nicm     5463: .It Li "origin_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane origin flag"
1.359     nicm     5464: .It Li "pane_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if active pane"
1.570     nicm     5465: .It Li "pane_at_bottom" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the bottom of window"
                   5466: .It Li "pane_at_left" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the left of window"
                   5467: .It Li "pane_at_right" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the right of window"
                   5468: .It Li "pane_at_top" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the top of window"
1.822     nicm     5469: .It Li "pane_bg" Ta "" Ta "Pane background colour"
1.396     nicm     5470: .It Li "pane_bottom" Ta "" Ta "Bottom of pane"
1.359     nicm     5471: .It Li "pane_current_command" Ta "" Ta "Current command if available"
1.733     nicm     5472: .It Li "pane_current_path" Ta "" Ta "Current path if available"
1.359     nicm     5473: .It Li "pane_dead" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is dead"
1.882     nicm     5474: .It Li "pane_dead_signal" Ta "" Ta "Exit signal of process in dead pane"
1.411     nicm     5475: .It Li "pane_dead_status" Ta "" Ta "Exit status of process in dead pane"
1.882     nicm     5476: .It Li "pane_dead_time" Ta "" Ta "Exit time of process in dead pane"
1.822     nicm     5477: .It Li "pane_fg" Ta "" Ta "Pane foreground colour"
1.696     nicm     5478: .It Li "pane_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a pane"
1.359     nicm     5479: .It Li "pane_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of pane"
                   5480: .It Li "pane_id" Ta "#D" Ta "Unique pane ID"
1.678     nicm     5481: .It Li "pane_in_mode" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is in a mode"
1.646     nicm     5482: .It Li "pane_index" Ta "#P" Ta "Index of pane"
1.678     nicm     5483: .It Li "pane_input_off" Ta "" Ta "1 if input to pane is disabled"
1.792     nicm     5484: .It Li "pane_last" Ta "" Ta "1 if last pane"
1.396     nicm     5485: .It Li "pane_left" Ta "" Ta "Left of pane"
1.650     nicm     5486: .It Li "pane_marked" Ta "" Ta "1 if this is the marked pane"
                   5487: .It Li "pane_marked_set" Ta "" Ta "1 if a marked pane is set"
1.678     nicm     5488: .It Li "pane_mode" Ta "" Ta "Name of pane mode, if any"
1.761     nicm     5489: .It Li "pane_path" Ta "" Ta "Path of pane (can be set by application)"
1.359     nicm     5490: .It Li "pane_pid" Ta "" Ta "PID of first process in pane"
1.567     nicm     5491: .It Li "pane_pipe" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is being piped"
1.396     nicm     5492: .It Li "pane_right" Ta "" Ta "Right of pane"
1.546     nicm     5493: .It Li "pane_search_string" Ta "" Ta "Last search string in copy mode"
1.359     nicm     5494: .It Li "pane_start_command" Ta "" Ta "Command pane started with"
1.890     nicm     5495: .It Li "pane_start_path" Ta "" Ta "Path pane started with"
1.678     nicm     5496: .It Li "pane_synchronized" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is synchronized"
1.359     nicm     5497: .It Li "pane_tabs" Ta "" Ta "Pane tab positions"
1.696     nicm     5498: .It Li "pane_title" Ta "#T" Ta "Title of pane (can be set by application)"
1.396     nicm     5499: .It Li "pane_top" Ta "" Ta "Top of pane"
1.359     nicm     5500: .It Li "pane_tty" Ta "" Ta "Pseudo terminal of pane"
1.917     nicm     5501: .It Li "pane_unseen_changes" Ta "" Ta "1 if there were changes in pane while in mode"
1.359     nicm     5502: .It Li "pane_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of pane"
1.721     nicm     5503: .It Li "pid" Ta "" Ta "Server PID"
1.606     nicm     5504: .It Li "rectangle_toggle" Ta "" Ta "1 if rectangle selection is activated"
1.646     nicm     5505: .It Li "scroll_position" Ta "" Ta "Scroll position in copy mode"
1.359     nicm     5506: .It Li "scroll_region_lower" Ta "" Ta "Bottom of scroll region in pane"
                   5507: .It Li "scroll_region_upper" Ta "" Ta "Top of scroll region in pane"
1.824     nicm     5508: .It Li "search_match" Ta "" Ta "Search match if any"
1.782     nicm     5509: .It Li "search_present" Ta "" Ta "1 if search started in copy mode"
1.713     nicm     5510: .It Li "selection_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if selection started and changes with the cursor in copy mode"
1.691     nicm     5511: .It Li "selection_end_x" Ta "" Ta "X position of the end of the selection"
                   5512: .It Li "selection_end_y" Ta "" Ta "Y position of the end of the selection"
1.571     nicm     5513: .It Li "selection_present" Ta "" Ta "1 if selection started in copy mode"
1.691     nicm     5514: .It Li "selection_start_x" Ta "" Ta "X position of the start of the selection"
                   5515: .It Li "selection_start_y" Ta "" Ta "Y position of the start of the selection"
1.920     nicm     5516: .It Li "server_sessions" Ta "" Ta "Number of sessions"
1.646     nicm     5517: .It Li "session_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time of session last activity"
1.430     nicm     5518: .It Li "session_alerts" Ta "" Ta "List of window indexes with alerts"
1.382     nicm     5519: .It Li "session_attached" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients session is attached to"
1.702     nicm     5520: .It Li "session_attached_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients session is attached to"
1.572     nicm     5521: .It Li "session_created" Ta "" Ta "Time session created"
1.696     nicm     5522: .It Li "session_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a session"
1.536     nicm     5523: .It Li "session_group" Ta "" Ta "Name of session group"
1.702     nicm     5524: .It Li "session_group_attached" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients sessions in group are attached to"
                   5525: .It Li "session_group_attached_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients sessions in group are attached to"
1.646     nicm     5526: .It Li "session_group_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions in group"
1.702     nicm     5527: .It Li "session_group_many_attached" Ta "" Ta "1 if multiple clients attached to sessions in group"
1.586     nicm     5528: .It Li "session_group_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of session group"
1.359     nicm     5529: .It Li "session_grouped" Ta "" Ta "1 if session in a group"
                   5530: .It Li "session_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique session ID"
1.646     nicm     5531: .It Li "session_last_attached" Ta "" Ta "Time session last attached"
1.382     nicm     5532: .It Li "session_many_attached" Ta "" Ta "1 if multiple clients attached"
1.748     nicm     5533: .It Li "session_marked" Ta "" Ta "1 if this session contains the marked pane"
1.359     nicm     5534: .It Li "session_name" Ta "#S" Ta "Name of session"
1.725     nicm     5535: .It Li "session_path" Ta "" Ta "Working directory of session"
1.548     nicm     5536: .It Li "session_stack" Ta "" Ta "Window indexes in most recent order"
1.359     nicm     5537: .It Li "session_windows" Ta "" Ta "Number of windows in session"
1.487     nicm     5538: .It Li "socket_path" Ta "" Ta "Server socket path"
1.465     nicm     5539: .It Li "start_time" Ta "" Ta "Server start time"
1.880     nicm     5540: .It Li "uid" Ta "" Ta "Server UID"
                   5541: .It Li "user" Ta "" Ta "Server user"
1.708     nicm     5542: .It Li "version" Ta "" Ta "Server version"
1.646     nicm     5543: .It Li "window_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if window active"
1.702     nicm     5544: .It Li "window_active_clients" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients viewing this window"
                   5545: .It Li "window_active_clients_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients viewing this window"
                   5546: .It Li "window_active_sessions" Ta "" Ta "Number of sessions on which this window is active"
                   5547: .It Li "window_active_sessions_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions on which this window is active"
1.572     nicm     5548: .It Li "window_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time of window last activity"
1.487     nicm     5549: .It Li "window_activity_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has activity"
1.366     nicm     5550: .It Li "window_bell_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has bell"
1.642     nicm     5551: .It Li "window_bigger" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is larger than client"
1.700     nicm     5552: .It Li "window_cell_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of each cell in pixels"
                   5553: .It Li "window_cell_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of each cell in pixels"
1.621     nicm     5554: .It Li "window_end_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has the highest index"
1.812     nicm     5555: .It Li "window_flags" Ta "#F" Ta "Window flags with # escaped as ##"
1.696     nicm     5556: .It Li "window_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a window"
1.359     nicm     5557: .It Li "window_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of window"
                   5558: .It Li "window_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique window ID"
                   5559: .It Li "window_index" Ta "#I" Ta "Index of window"
1.400     nicm     5560: .It Li "window_last_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is the last used"
1.460     nicm     5561: .It Li "window_layout" Ta "" Ta "Window layout description, ignoring zoomed window panes"
1.426     nicm     5562: .It Li "window_linked" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is linked across sessions"
1.702     nicm     5563: .It Li "window_linked_sessions" Ta "" Ta "Number of sessions this window is linked to"
                   5564: .It Li "window_linked_sessions_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions this window is linked to"
1.687     nicm     5565: .It Li "window_marked_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window contains the marked pane"
1.359     nicm     5566: .It Li "window_name" Ta "#W" Ta "Name of window"
1.642     nicm     5567: .It Li "window_offset_x" Ta "" Ta "X offset into window if larger than client"
                   5568: .It Li "window_offset_y" Ta "" Ta "Y offset into window if larger than client"
1.359     nicm     5569: .It Li "window_panes" Ta "" Ta "Number of panes in window"
1.880     nicm     5570: .It Li "window_raw_flags" Ta "" Ta "Window flags with nothing escaped"
1.366     nicm     5571: .It Li "window_silence_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has silence alert"
1.548     nicm     5572: .It Li "window_stack_index" Ta "" Ta "Index in session most recent stack"
1.621     nicm     5573: .It Li "window_start_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has the lowest index"
1.460     nicm     5574: .It Li "window_visible_layout" Ta "" Ta "Window layout description, respecting zoomed window panes"
1.359     nicm     5575: .It Li "window_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of window"
1.400     nicm     5576: .It Li "window_zoomed_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is zoomed"
1.359     nicm     5577: .It Li "wrap_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane wrap flag"
1.245     nicm     5578: .El
1.623     nicm     5579: .Sh STYLES
                   5580: .Nm
                   5581: offers various options to specify the colour and attributes of aspects of the
                   5582: interface, for example
                   5583: .Ic status-style
                   5584: for the status line.
                   5585: In addition, embedded styles may be specified in format options, such as
1.701     nicm     5586: .Ic status-left ,
1.623     nicm     5587: by enclosing them in
                   5588: .Ql #[
                   5589: and
1.639     nicm     5590: .Ql \&] .
1.623     nicm     5591: .Pp
                   5592: A style may be the single term
                   5593: .Ql default
1.688     nicm     5594: to specify the default style (which may come from an option, for example
                   5595: .Ic status-style
                   5596: in the status line) or a space
1.630     nicm     5597: or comma separated list of the following:
1.623     nicm     5598: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   5599: .It Ic fg=colour
                   5600: Set the foreground colour.
                   5601: The colour is one of:
                   5602: .Ic black ,
                   5603: .Ic red ,
                   5604: .Ic green ,
                   5605: .Ic yellow ,
                   5606: .Ic blue ,
                   5607: .Ic magenta ,
                   5608: .Ic cyan ,
                   5609: .Ic white ;
                   5610: if supported the bright variants
                   5611: .Ic brightred ,
                   5612: .Ic brightgreen ,
                   5613: .Ic brightyellow ;
                   5614: .Ic colour0
                   5615: to
                   5616: .Ic colour255
                   5617: from the 256-colour set;
                   5618: .Ic default
                   5619: for the default colour;
                   5620: .Ic terminal
                   5621: for the terminal default colour; or a hexadecimal RGB string such as
                   5622: .Ql #ffffff .
                   5623: .It Ic bg=colour
                   5624: Set the background colour.
1.921     nicm     5625: .It Ic us=colour
                   5626: Set the underscore colour.
1.623     nicm     5627: .It Ic none
                   5628: Set no attributes (turn off any active attributes).
1.752     nicm     5629: .It Xo Ic acs ,
                   5630: .Ic bright
1.625     nicm     5631: (or
                   5632: .Ic bold ) ,
1.623     nicm     5633: .Ic dim ,
                   5634: .Ic underscore ,
                   5635: .Ic blink ,
                   5636: .Ic reverse ,
                   5637: .Ic hidden ,
                   5638: .Ic italics ,
1.649     nicm     5639: .Ic overline ,
1.623     nicm     5640: .Ic strikethrough ,
                   5641: .Ic double-underscore ,
                   5642: .Ic curly-underscore ,
                   5643: .Ic dotted-underscore ,
                   5644: .Ic dashed-underscore
                   5645: .Xc
                   5646: Set an attribute.
                   5647: Any of the attributes may be prefixed with
                   5648: .Ql no
                   5649: to unset.
1.752     nicm     5650: .Ic acs
                   5651: is the terminal alternate character set.
1.625     nicm     5652: .It Xo Ic align=left
                   5653: (or
                   5654: .Ic noalign ) ,
                   5655: .Ic align=centre ,
                   5656: .Ic align=right
                   5657: .Xc
                   5658: Align text to the left, centre or right of the available space if appropriate.
1.675     nicm     5659: .It Ic fill=colour
1.674     nicm     5660: Fill the available space with a background colour if appropriate.
1.625     nicm     5661: .It Xo Ic list=on ,
                   5662: .Ic list=focus ,
                   5663: .Ic list=left-marker ,
1.661     nicm     5664: .Ic list=right-marker ,
1.625     nicm     5665: .Ic nolist
                   5666: .Xc
                   5667: Mark the position of the various window list components in the
                   5668: .Ic status-format
                   5669: option:
                   5670: .Ic list=on
                   5671: marks the start of the list;
                   5672: .Ic list=focus
1.916     nicm     5673: is the part of the list that should be kept in focus if the entire list won't
                   5674: fit in the available space (typically the current window);
1.625     nicm     5675: .Ic list=left-marker
                   5676: and
                   5677: .Ic list=right-marker
                   5678: mark the text to be used to mark that text has been trimmed from the left or
                   5679: right of the list if there is not enough space.
1.688     nicm     5680: .It Xo Ic push-default ,
                   5681: .Ic pop-default
                   5682: .Xc
                   5683: Store the current colours and attributes as the default or reset to the previous
                   5684: default.
                   5685: A
                   5686: .Ic push-default
                   5687: affects any subsequent use of the
                   5688: .Ic default
                   5689: term until a
                   5690: .Ic pop-default .
                   5691: Only one default may be pushed (each
                   5692: .Ic push-default
                   5693: replaces the previous saved default).
1.625     nicm     5694: .It Xo Ic range=left ,
                   5695: .Ic range=right ,
1.928     nicm     5696: .Ic range=session|X ,
1.625     nicm     5697: .Ic range=window|X ,
1.928     nicm     5698: .Ic range=pane|X ,
                   5699: .Ic range=user|X ,
1.625     nicm     5700: .Ic norange
                   5701: .Xc
1.928     nicm     5702: Mark a range for mouse events in the
1.651     nicm     5703: .Ic status-format
1.625     nicm     5704: option.
1.928     nicm     5705: When a mouse event occurs in the
1.625     nicm     5706: .Ic range=left
1.928     nicm     5707: or
1.625     nicm     5708: .Ic range=right
1.928     nicm     5709: range, the
1.625     nicm     5710: .Ql StatusLeft
                   5711: and
                   5712: .Ql StatusRight
1.928     nicm     5713: key bindings are triggered.
                   5714: .Pp
                   5715: .Ic range=session|X ,
1.625     nicm     5716: .Ic range=window|X
1.928     nicm     5717: and
                   5718: .Ic range=pane|X
                   5719: are ranges for a session, window or pane.
                   5720: These trigger the
1.625     nicm     5721: .Ql Status
1.928     nicm     5722: mouse key with the target session, window or pane given by the
                   5723: .Ql X
                   5724: argument.
                   5725: .Ql X
                   5726: is a session ID, window index in the current session or a pane ID.
                   5727: For these, the
                   5728: .Ic mouse_status_range
                   5729: format variable will be set to
                   5730: .Ql session ,
                   5731: .Ql window
                   5732: or
                   5733: .Ql pane .
                   5734: .Pp
                   5735: .Ic range=user|X
                   5736: is a user-defined range; it triggers the
                   5737: .Ql Status
                   5738: mouse key.
                   5739: The argument
                   5740: .Ql X
                   5741: will be available in the
                   5742: .Ic mouse_status_range
                   5743: format variable.
1.625     nicm     5744: .Ql X
1.928     nicm     5745: must be at most 15 bytes in length.
1.623     nicm     5746: .El
                   5747: .Pp
                   5748: Examples are:
                   5749: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.630     nicm     5750: fg=yellow bold underscore blink
1.623     nicm     5751: bg=black,fg=default,noreverse
                   5752: .Ed
1.261     nicm     5753: .Sh NAMES AND TITLES
                   5754: .Nm
                   5755: distinguishes between names and titles.
                   5756: Windows and sessions have names, which may be used to specify them in targets
                   5757: and are displayed in the status line and various lists: the name is the
                   5758: .Nm
                   5759: identifier for a window or session.
                   5760: Only panes have titles.
1.577     nicm     5761: A pane's title is typically set by the program running inside the pane using
                   5762: an escape sequence (like it would set the
1.261     nicm     5763: .Xr xterm 1
1.577     nicm     5764: window title in
1.578     nicm     5765: .Xr X 7 ) .
1.268     nicm     5766: Windows themselves do not have titles - a window's title is the title of its
1.261     nicm     5767: active pane.
                   5768: .Nm
                   5769: itself may set the title of the terminal in which the client is running, see
                   5770: the
                   5771: .Ic set-titles
                   5772: option.
                   5773: .Pp
                   5774: A session's name is set with the
                   5775: .Ic new-session
                   5776: and
                   5777: .Ic rename-session
                   5778: commands.
                   5779: A window's name is set with one of:
                   5780: .Bl -enum -width Ds
                   5781: .It
                   5782: A command argument (such as
                   5783: .Fl n
                   5784: for
                   5785: .Ic new-window
                   5786: or
                   5787: .Ic new-session ) .
                   5788: .It
1.597     nicm     5789: An escape sequence (if the
                   5790: .Ic allow-rename
                   5791: option is turned on):
1.261     nicm     5792: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   5793: $ printf '\e033kWINDOW_NAME\e033\e\e'
                   5794: .Ed
                   5795: .It
                   5796: Automatic renaming, which sets the name to the active command in the window's
                   5797: active pane.
                   5798: See the
                   5799: .Ic automatic-rename
                   5800: option.
                   5801: .El
                   5802: .Pp
                   5803: When a pane is first created, its title is the hostname.
1.612     nicm     5804: A pane's title can be set via the title setting escape sequence, for example:
1.261     nicm     5805: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   5806: $ printf '\e033]2;My Title\e033\e\e'
                   5807: .Ed
1.577     nicm     5808: .Pp
                   5809: It can also be modified with the
                   5810: .Ic select-pane
                   5811: .Fl T
                   5812: command.
1.644     schwarze 5813: .Sh GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
1.63      nicm     5814: When the server is started,
                   5815: .Nm
                   5816: copies the environment into the
                   5817: .Em global environment ;
                   5818: in addition, each session has a
                   5819: .Em session environment .
1.193     nicm     5820: When a window is created, the session and global environments are merged.
                   5821: If a variable exists in both, the value from the session environment is used.
                   5822: The result is the initial environment passed to the new process.
1.63      nicm     5823: .Pp
                   5824: The
                   5825: .Ic update-environment
                   5826: session option may be used to update the session environment from the client
                   5827: when a new session is created or an old reattached.
                   5828: .Nm
                   5829: also initialises the
                   5830: .Ev TMUX
                   5831: variable with some internal information to allow commands to be executed
                   5832: from inside, and the
                   5833: .Ev TERM
                   5834: variable with the correct terminal setting of
                   5835: .Ql screen .
                   5836: .Pp
1.728     nicm     5837: Variables in both session and global environments may be marked as hidden.
                   5838: Hidden variables are not passed into the environment of new processes and
                   5839: instead can only be used by tmux itself (for example in formats, see the
                   5840: .Sx FORMATS
                   5841: section).
                   5842: .Pp
1.63      nicm     5843: Commands to alter and view the environment are:
                   5844: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       5845: .Tg setenv
1.63      nicm     5846: .It Xo Ic set-environment
1.793     nicm     5847: .Op Fl Fhgru
1.63      nicm     5848: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   5849: .Ar name Op Ar value
                   5850: .Xc
1.870     kn       5851: .D1 Pq alias: Ic setenv
1.63      nicm     5852: Set or unset an environment variable.
                   5853: If
                   5854: .Fl g
                   5855: is used, the change is made in the global environment; otherwise, it is applied
                   5856: to the session environment for
                   5857: .Ar target-session .
1.793     nicm     5858: If
                   5859: .Fl F
                   5860: is present, then
                   5861: .Ar value
                   5862: is expanded as a format.
1.63      nicm     5863: The
                   5864: .Fl u
                   5865: flag unsets a variable.
                   5866: .Fl r
                   5867: indicates the variable is to be removed from the environment before starting a
                   5868: new process.
1.728     nicm     5869: .Fl h
                   5870: marks the variable as hidden.
1.858     kn       5871: .Tg showenv
1.63      nicm     5872: .It Xo Ic show-environment
1.728     nicm     5873: .Op Fl hgs
1.63      nicm     5874: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.286     nicm     5875: .Op Ar variable
1.63      nicm     5876: .Xc
1.870     kn       5877: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showenv
1.63      nicm     5878: Display the environment for
                   5879: .Ar target-session
                   5880: or the global environment with
                   5881: .Fl g .
1.286     nicm     5882: If
                   5883: .Ar variable
                   5884: is omitted, all variables are shown.
1.63      nicm     5885: Variables removed from the environment are prefixed with
                   5886: .Ql - .
1.442     nicm     5887: If
                   5888: .Fl s
                   5889: is used, the output is formatted as a set of Bourne shell commands.
1.728     nicm     5890: .Fl h
                   5891: shows hidden variables (omitted by default).
1.57      jmc      5892: .El
                   5893: .Sh STATUS LINE
                   5894: .Nm
                   5895: includes an optional status line which is displayed in the bottom line of each
                   5896: terminal.
1.626     nicm     5897: .Pp
                   5898: By default, the status line is enabled and one line in height (it may be
                   5899: disabled or made multiple lines with the
1.57      jmc      5900: .Ic status
                   5901: session option) and contains, from left-to-right: the name of the current
1.261     nicm     5902: session in square brackets; the window list; the title of the active pane
                   5903: in double quotes; and the time and date.
1.57      jmc      5904: .Pp
1.626     nicm     5905: Each line of the status line is configured with the
                   5906: .Ic status-format
                   5907: option.
                   5908: The default is made of three parts: configurable left and right sections (which
                   5909: may contain dynamic content such as the time or output from a shell command,
                   5910: see the
1.57      jmc      5911: .Ic status-left ,
                   5912: .Ic status-left-length ,
                   5913: .Ic status-right ,
                   5914: and
                   5915: .Ic status-right-length
                   5916: options below), and a central window list.
1.125     nicm     5917: By default, the window list shows the index, name and (if any) flag of the
                   5918: windows present in the current session in ascending numerical order.
                   5919: It may be customised with the
                   5920: .Ar window-status-format
                   5921: and
                   5922: .Ar window-status-current-format
                   5923: options.
1.57      jmc      5924: The flag is one of the following symbols appended to the window name:
                   5925: .Bl -column "Symbol" "Meaning" -offset indent
                   5926: .It Sy "Symbol" Ta Sy "Meaning"
                   5927: .It Li "*" Ta "Denotes the current window."
                   5928: .It Li "-" Ta "Marks the last window (previously selected)."
1.574     nicm     5929: .It Li "#" Ta "Window activity is monitored and activity has been detected."
                   5930: .It Li "\&!" Ta "Window bells are monitored and a bell has occurred in the window."
1.192     nicm     5931: .It Li "~" Ta "The window has been silent for the monitor-silence interval."
1.432     nicm     5932: .It Li "M" Ta "The window contains the marked pane."
1.349     nicm     5933: .It Li "Z" Ta "The window's active pane is zoomed."
1.57      jmc      5934: .El
                   5935: .Pp
                   5936: The # symbol relates to the
                   5937: .Ic monitor-activity
1.388     nicm     5938: window option.
1.57      jmc      5939: The window name is printed in inverted colours if an alert (bell, activity or
1.388     nicm     5940: silence) is present.
1.57      jmc      5941: .Pp
1.131     nicm     5942: The colour and attributes of the status line may be configured, the entire
                   5943: status line using the
1.378     nicm     5944: .Ic status-style
                   5945: session option and individual windows using the
                   5946: .Ic window-status-style
                   5947: window option.
1.57      jmc      5948: .Pp
1.131     nicm     5949: The status line is automatically refreshed at interval if it has changed, the
                   5950: interval may be controlled with the
1.57      jmc      5951: .Ic status-interval
                   5952: session option.
                   5953: .Pp
                   5954: Commands related to the status line are as follows:
                   5955: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.887     nicm     5956: .Tg clearphist
1.839     nicm     5957: .It Xo Ic clear-prompt-history
                   5958: .Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
                   5959: .Xc
1.887     nicm     5960: .D1 Pq alias: Ic clearphist
1.839     nicm     5961: Clear status prompt history for prompt type
                   5962: .Ar prompt-type .
                   5963: If
                   5964: .Fl T
                   5965: is omitted, then clear history for all types.
                   5966: See
                   5967: .Ic command-prompt
                   5968: for possible values for
                   5969: .Ar prompt-type .
1.57      jmc      5970: .It Xo Ic command-prompt
1.852     nicm     5971: .Op Fl 1bFikN
1.235     nicm     5972: .Op Fl I Ar inputs
1.73      nicm     5973: .Op Fl p Ar prompts
1.57      jmc      5974: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.839     nicm     5975: .Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
1.57      jmc      5976: .Op Ar template
                   5977: .Xc
                   5978: Open the command prompt in a client.
                   5979: This may be used from inside
                   5980: .Nm
                   5981: to execute commands interactively.
1.231     nicm     5982: .Pp
1.57      jmc      5983: If
                   5984: .Ar template
1.73      nicm     5985: is specified, it is used as the command.
1.840     nicm     5986: With
                   5987: .Fl F ,
                   5988: .Ar template
                   5989: is expanded as a format.
                   5990: .Pp
1.235     nicm     5991: If present,
                   5992: .Fl I
                   5993: is a comma-separated list of the initial text for each prompt.
1.73      nicm     5994: If
                   5995: .Fl p
                   5996: is given,
                   5997: .Ar prompts
                   5998: is a comma-separated list of prompts which are displayed in order; otherwise
                   5999: a single prompt is displayed, constructed from
                   6000: .Ar template
                   6001: if it is present, or
                   6002: .Ql \&:
                   6003: if not.
1.231     nicm     6004: .Pp
1.73      nicm     6005: Before the command is executed, the first occurrence of the string
                   6006: .Ql %%
1.74      jmc      6007: and all occurrences of
1.73      nicm     6008: .Ql %1
1.492     nicm     6009: are replaced by the response to the first prompt, all
1.73      nicm     6010: .Ql %2
                   6011: are replaced with the response to the second prompt, and so on for further
1.74      jmc      6012: prompts.
                   6013: Up to nine prompt responses may be replaced
                   6014: .Po
                   6015: .Ql %1
1.73      nicm     6016: to
1.74      jmc      6017: .Ql %9
                   6018: .Pc .
1.513     nicm     6019: .Ql %%%
                   6020: is like
                   6021: .Ql %%
                   6022: but any quotation marks are escaped.
1.497     nicm     6023: .Pp
                   6024: .Fl 1
                   6025: makes the prompt only accept one key press, in this case the resulting input
                   6026: is a single character.
1.706     nicm     6027: .Fl k
                   6028: is like
                   6029: .Fl 1
                   6030: but the key press is translated to a key name.
1.678     nicm     6031: .Fl N
                   6032: makes the prompt only accept numeric key presses.
1.517     nicm     6033: .Fl i
                   6034: executes the command every time the prompt input changes instead of when the
                   6035: user exits the command prompt.
1.839     nicm     6036: .Pp
1.758     nicm     6037: .Fl T
                   6038: tells
                   6039: .Nm
1.839     nicm     6040: the prompt type.
                   6041: This affects what completions are offered when
1.758     nicm     6042: .Em Tab
1.839     nicm     6043: is pressed.
                   6044: Available types are:
                   6045: .Ql command ,
                   6046: .Ql search ,
                   6047: .Ql target
                   6048: and
                   6049: .Ql window-target .
1.500     nicm     6050: .Pp
                   6051: The following keys have a special meaning in the command prompt, depending
                   6052: on the value of the
                   6053: .Ic status-keys
                   6054: option:
                   6055: .Bl -column "FunctionXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "viXXXX" "emacsX" -offset indent
                   6056: .It Sy "Function" Ta Sy "vi" Ta Sy "emacs"
1.715     nicm     6057: .It Li "Cancel command prompt" Ta "q" Ta "Escape"
1.678     nicm     6058: .It Li "Delete from cursor to start of word" Ta "" Ta "C-w"
1.500     nicm     6059: .It Li "Delete entire command" Ta "d" Ta "C-u"
                   6060: .It Li "Delete from cursor to end" Ta "D" Ta "C-k"
                   6061: .It Li "Execute command" Ta "Enter" Ta "Enter"
                   6062: .It Li "Get next command from history" Ta "" Ta "Down"
                   6063: .It Li "Get previous command from history" Ta "" Ta "Up"
                   6064: .It Li "Insert top paste buffer" Ta "p" Ta "C-y"
                   6065: .It Li "Look for completions" Ta "Tab" Ta "Tab"
                   6066: .It Li "Move cursor left" Ta "h" Ta "Left"
                   6067: .It Li "Move cursor right" Ta "l" Ta "Right"
                   6068: .It Li "Move cursor to end" Ta "$" Ta "C-e"
                   6069: .It Li "Move cursor to next word" Ta "w" Ta "M-f"
                   6070: .It Li "Move cursor to previous word" Ta "b" Ta "M-b"
                   6071: .It Li "Move cursor to start" Ta "0" Ta "C-a"
                   6072: .It Li "Transpose characters" Ta "" Ta "C-t"
1.854     nicm     6073: .El
1.852     nicm     6074: .Pp
                   6075: With
                   6076: .Fl b ,
                   6077: the prompt is shown in the background and the invoking client does not exit
                   6078: until it is dismissed.
1.858     kn       6079: .Tg confirm
1.57      jmc      6080: .It Xo Ic confirm-before
1.919     nicm     6081: .Op Fl by
                   6082: .Op Fl c Ar confirm-key
1.238     nicm     6083: .Op Fl p Ar prompt
1.57      jmc      6084: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   6085: .Ar command
                   6086: .Xc
1.870     kn       6087: .D1 Pq alias: Ic confirm
1.57      jmc      6088: Ask for confirmation before executing
                   6089: .Ar command .
1.238     nicm     6090: If
                   6091: .Fl p
                   6092: is given,
                   6093: .Ar prompt
                   6094: is the prompt to display; otherwise a prompt is constructed from
                   6095: .Ar command .
                   6096: It may contain the special character sequences supported by the
                   6097: .Ic status-left
                   6098: option.
1.848     nicm     6099: With
                   6100: .Fl b ,
1.852     nicm     6101: the prompt is shown in the background and the invoking client does not exit
                   6102: until it is dismissed.
1.919     nicm     6103: .Fl y
                   6104: changes the default behaviour (if Enter alone is pressed) of the prompt to
                   6105: run the command.
                   6106: .Fl c
                   6107: changes the confirmation key to
                   6108: .Ar confirm-key ;
                   6109: the default is
                   6110: .Ql y .
1.858     kn       6111: .Tg menu
1.646     nicm     6112: .It Xo Ic display-menu
1.800     nicm     6113: .Op Fl O
1.925     nicm     6114: .Op Fl b Ar border-lines
1.646     nicm     6115: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
1.927     nicm     6116: .Op Fl C Ar starting-choice
                   6117: .Op Fl H Ar selected-style
1.925     nicm     6118: .Op Fl s Ar style
                   6119: .Op Fl S Ar border-style
1.646     nicm     6120: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   6121: .Op Fl T Ar title
                   6122: .Op Fl x Ar position
                   6123: .Op Fl y Ar position
1.657     nicm     6124: .Ar name
                   6125: .Ar key
1.910     kn       6126: .Ar command Op Ar argument ...
1.646     nicm     6127: .Xc
1.870     kn       6128: .D1 Pq alias: Ic menu
1.646     nicm     6129: Display a menu on
                   6130: .Ar target-client .
                   6131: .Ar target-pane
                   6132: gives the target for any commands run from the menu.
                   6133: .Pp
1.657     nicm     6134: A menu is passed as a series of arguments: first the menu item name,
                   6135: second the key shortcut (or empty for none) and third the command
                   6136: to run when the menu item is chosen.
                   6137: The name and command are formats, see the
1.646     nicm     6138: .Sx FORMATS
                   6139: and
                   6140: .Sx STYLES
                   6141: sections.
1.658     nicm     6142: If the name begins with a hyphen (-), then the item is disabled (shown dim) and
                   6143: may not be chosen.
1.657     nicm     6144: The name may be empty for a separator line, in which case both the key and
                   6145: command should be omitted.
1.646     nicm     6146: .Pp
1.925     nicm     6147: .Fl b
                   6148: sets the type of characters used for drawing menu borders.
                   6149: See
                   6150: .Ic popup-border-lines
                   6151: for possible values for
                   6152: .Ar border-lines .
1.927     nicm     6153: .Pp
                   6154: .Fl H
                   6155: sets the style for the selected menu item (see
                   6156: .Sx STYLES ) .
1.925     nicm     6157: .Pp
                   6158: .Fl s
                   6159: sets the style for the menu and
                   6160: .Fl S
                   6161: sets the style for the menu border (see
                   6162: .Sx STYLES ) .
                   6163: .Pp
1.646     nicm     6164: .Fl T
                   6165: is a format for the menu title (see
                   6166: .Sx FORMATS ) .
1.925     nicm     6167: .Pp
                   6168: .Fl C
1.912     nicm     6169: sets the menu item selected by default, if the menu is not bound to a mouse key
                   6170: binding.
1.646     nicm     6171: .Pp
                   6172: .Fl x
                   6173: and
                   6174: .Fl y
                   6175: give the position of the menu.
                   6176: Both may be a row or column number, or one of the following special values:
                   6177: .Bl -column "XXXXX" "XXXX" -offset indent
                   6178: .It Sy "Value" Ta Sy "Flag" Ta Sy "Meaning"
1.719     nicm     6179: .It Li "C" Ta "Both" Ta "The centre of the terminal"
1.646     nicm     6180: .It Li "R" Ta Fl x Ta "The right side of the terminal"
                   6181: .It Li "P" Ta "Both" Ta "The bottom left of the pane"
                   6182: .It Li "M" Ta "Both" Ta "The mouse position"
1.730     nicm     6183: .It Li "W" Ta "Both" Ta "The window position on the status line"
1.646     nicm     6184: .It Li "S" Ta Fl y Ta "The line above or below the status line"
1.802     nicm     6185: .El
                   6186: .Pp
                   6187: Or a format, which is expanded including the following additional variables:
                   6188: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent
                   6189: .It Sy "Variable name" Ta Sy "Replaced with"
                   6190: .It Li "popup_centre_x" Ta "Centered in the client"
                   6191: .It Li "popup_centre_y" Ta "Centered in the client"
                   6192: .It Li "popup_height" Ta "Height of menu or popup"
                   6193: .It Li "popup_mouse_bottom" Ta "Bottom of at the mouse"
                   6194: .It Li "popup_mouse_centre_x" Ta "Horizontal centre at the mouse"
                   6195: .It Li "popup_mouse_centre_y" Ta "Vertical centre at the mouse"
                   6196: .It Li "popup_mouse_top" Ta "Top at the mouse"
                   6197: .It Li "popup_mouse_x" Ta "Mouse X position"
                   6198: .It Li "popup_mouse_y" Ta "Mouse Y position"
                   6199: .It Li "popup_pane_bottom" Ta "Bottom of the pane"
                   6200: .It Li "popup_pane_left" Ta "Left of the pane"
                   6201: .It Li "popup_pane_right" Ta "Right of the pane"
                   6202: .It Li "popup_pane_top" Ta "Top of the pane"
                   6203: .It Li "popup_status_line_y" Ta "Above or below the status line"
                   6204: .It Li "popup_width" Ta "Width of menu or popup"
                   6205: .It Li "popup_window_status_line_x" Ta "At the window position in status line"
                   6206: .It Li "popup_window_status_line_y" Ta "At the status line showing the window"
1.646     nicm     6207: .El
                   6208: .Pp
                   6209: Each menu consists of items followed by a key shortcut shown in brackets.
                   6210: If the menu is too large to fit on the terminal, it is not displayed.
                   6211: Pressing the key shortcut chooses the corresponding item.
1.800     nicm     6212: If the mouse is enabled and the menu is opened from a mouse key binding,
                   6213: releasing the mouse button with an item selected chooses that item and
                   6214: releasing the mouse button without an item selected closes the menu.
                   6215: .Fl O
                   6216: changes this behaviour so that the menu does not close when the mouse button is
                   6217: released without an item selected the menu is not closed and a mouse button
                   6218: must be clicked to choose an item.
                   6219: .Pp
1.646     nicm     6220: The following keys are also available:
                   6221: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   6222: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   6223: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected item"
                   6224: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
                   6225: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
                   6226: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit menu"
                   6227: .El
1.858     kn       6228: .Tg display
1.57      jmc      6229: .It Xo Ic display-message
1.905     nicm     6230: .Op Fl aIlNpv
1.215     nicm     6231: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
1.790     nicm     6232: .Op Fl d Ar delay
1.215     nicm     6233: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      6234: .Op Ar message
                   6235: .Xc
1.870     kn       6236: .D1 Pq alias: Ic display
1.127     nicm     6237: Display a message.
                   6238: If
                   6239: .Fl p
                   6240: is given, the output is printed to stdout, otherwise it is displayed in the
                   6241: .Ar target-client
1.790     nicm     6242: status line for up to
                   6243: .Ar delay
                   6244: milliseconds.
                   6245: If
                   6246: .Ar delay
                   6247: is not given, the
1.889     nicm     6248: .Ic display-time
1.790     nicm     6249: option is used; a delay of zero waits for a key press.
1.834     nicm     6250: .Ql N
                   6251: ignores key presses and closes only after the delay expires.
1.905     nicm     6252: If
                   6253: .Fl l
                   6254: is given,
                   6255: .Ar message
                   6256: is printed unchanged.
                   6257: Otherwise, the format of
1.124     jmc      6258: .Ar message
1.275     nicm     6259: is described in the
                   6260: .Sx FORMATS
                   6261: section; information is taken from
1.215     nicm     6262: .Ar target-pane
                   6263: if
                   6264: .Fl t
1.678     nicm     6265: is given, otherwise the active pane.
1.622     nicm     6266: .Pp
1.624     nicm     6267: .Fl v
                   6268: prints verbose logging as the format is parsed and
                   6269: .Fl a
                   6270: lists the format variables and their values.
1.643     nicm     6271: .Pp
                   6272: .Fl I
                   6273: forwards any input read from stdin to the empty pane given by
                   6274: .Ar target-pane .
1.858     kn       6275: .Tg popup
1.721     nicm     6276: .It Xo Ic display-popup
1.853     nicm     6277: .Op Fl BCE
1.862     nicm     6278: .Op Fl b Ar border-lines
1.721     nicm     6279: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
                   6280: .Op Fl d Ar start-directory
1.860     nicm     6281: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.721     nicm     6282: .Op Fl h Ar height
1.925     nicm     6283: .Op Fl s Ar border-style
                   6284: .Op Fl S Ar style
1.721     nicm     6285: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.864     nicm     6286: .Op Fl T Ar title
1.721     nicm     6287: .Op Fl w Ar width
                   6288: .Op Fl x Ar position
                   6289: .Op Fl y Ar position
1.827     nicm     6290: .Op Ar shell-command
1.721     nicm     6291: .Xc
1.870     kn       6292: .D1 Pq alias: Ic popup
1.827     nicm     6293: Display a popup running
                   6294: .Ar shell-command
                   6295: on
1.721     nicm     6296: .Ar target-client .
                   6297: A popup is a rectangular box drawn over the top of any panes.
                   6298: Panes are not updated while a popup is present.
                   6299: .Pp
                   6300: .Fl E
                   6301: closes the popup automatically when
                   6302: .Ar shell-command
                   6303: exits.
1.723     nicm     6304: Two
                   6305: .Fl E
                   6306: closes the popup only if
                   6307: .Ar shell-command
                   6308: exited with success.
1.721     nicm     6309: .Pp
                   6310: .Fl x
                   6311: and
                   6312: .Fl y
                   6313: give the position of the popup, they have the same meaning as for the
                   6314: .Ic display-menu
                   6315: command.
                   6316: .Fl w
                   6317: and
                   6318: .Fl h
                   6319: give the width and height - both may be a percentage (followed by
                   6320: .Ql % ) .
1.827     nicm     6321: If omitted, half of the terminal size is used.
1.862     nicm     6322: .Pp
1.853     nicm     6323: .Fl B
                   6324: does not surround the popup by a border.
1.862     nicm     6325: .Pp
                   6326: .Fl b
1.925     nicm     6327: sets the type of characters used for drawing popup borders.
1.862     nicm     6328: When
                   6329: .Fl B
1.886     naddy    6330: is specified, the
1.862     nicm     6331: .Fl b
                   6332: option is ignored.
                   6333: See
                   6334: .Ic popup-border-lines
                   6335: for possible values for
                   6336: .Ar border-lines .
1.865     nicm     6337: .Pp
                   6338: .Fl s
                   6339: sets the style for the popup and
                   6340: .Fl S
1.925     nicm     6341: sets the style for the popup border (see
                   6342: .Sx STYLES ) .
1.860     nicm     6343: .Pp
                   6344: .Fl e
                   6345: takes the form
                   6346: .Ql VARIABLE=value
                   6347: and sets an environment variable for the popup; it may be specified multiple
                   6348: times.
1.864     nicm     6349: .Pp
                   6350: .Fl T
                   6351: is a format for the popup title (see
                   6352: .Sx FORMATS ) .
1.721     nicm     6353: .Pp
                   6354: The
                   6355: .Fl C
                   6356: flag closes any popup on the client.
1.858     kn       6357: .Tg showphist
1.839     nicm     6358: .It Xo Ic show-prompt-history
                   6359: .Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
                   6360: .Xc
1.870     kn       6361: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showphist
1.839     nicm     6362: Display status prompt history for prompt type
                   6363: .Ar prompt-type .
                   6364: If
                   6365: .Fl T
                   6366: is omitted, then show history for all types.
                   6367: See
                   6368: .Ic command-prompt
                   6369: for possible values for
                   6370: .Ar prompt-type .
1.57      jmc      6371: .El
                   6372: .Sh BUFFERS
                   6373: .Nm
1.392     nicm     6374: maintains a set of named
1.199     nicm     6375: .Em paste buffers .
1.392     nicm     6376: Each buffer may be either explicitly or automatically named.
                   6377: Explicitly named buffers are named when created with the
                   6378: .Ic set-buffer
                   6379: or
                   6380: .Ic load-buffer
                   6381: commands, or by renaming an automatically named buffer with
                   6382: .Ic set-buffer
                   6383: .Fl n .
                   6384: Automatically named buffers are given a name such as
                   6385: .Ql buffer0001 ,
                   6386: .Ql buffer0002
                   6387: and so on.
                   6388: When the
                   6389: .Ic buffer-limit
                   6390: option is reached, the oldest automatically named buffer is deleted.
1.493     nicm     6391: Explicitly named buffers are not subject to
1.57      jmc      6392: .Ic buffer-limit
1.709     nicm     6393: and may be deleted with the
1.392     nicm     6394: .Ic delete-buffer
                   6395: command.
                   6396: .Pp
1.57      jmc      6397: Buffers may be added using
                   6398: .Ic copy-mode
                   6399: or the
                   6400: .Ic set-buffer
1.392     nicm     6401: and
                   6402: .Ic load-buffer
                   6403: commands, and pasted into a window using the
1.57      jmc      6404: .Ic paste-buffer
                   6405: command.
1.392     nicm     6406: If a buffer command is used and no buffer is specified, the most
                   6407: recently added automatically named buffer is assumed.
1.57      jmc      6408: .Pp
                   6409: A configurable history buffer is also maintained for each window.
                   6410: By default, up to 2000 lines are kept; this can be altered with the
                   6411: .Ic history-limit
                   6412: option (see the
                   6413: .Ic set-option
                   6414: command above).
                   6415: .Pp
                   6416: The buffer commands are as follows:
                   6417: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.178     nicm     6418: .It Xo
                   6419: .Ic choose-buffer
1.682     nicm     6420: .Op Fl NZr
1.572     nicm     6421: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.562     nicm     6422: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.833     nicm     6423: .Op Fl K Ar key-format
1.561     nicm     6424: .Op Fl O Ar sort-order
1.555     nicm     6425: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.178     nicm     6426: .Op Ar template
                   6427: .Xc
1.555     nicm     6428: Put a pane into buffer mode, where a buffer may be chosen interactively from
                   6429: a list.
1.833     nicm     6430: Each buffer is shown on one line.
                   6431: A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
                   6432: or the list may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
                   6433: the keys below.
1.593     nicm     6434: .Fl Z
                   6435: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     6436: The following keys may be used in buffer mode:
                   6437: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   6438: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
1.582     nicm     6439: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Paste selected buffer"
1.555     nicm     6440: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous buffer"
                   6441: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next buffer"
1.559     nicm     6442: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name or content"
                   6443: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
1.555     nicm     6444: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if buffer is tagged"
                   6445: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no buffers"
                   6446: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all buffers"
1.582     nicm     6447: .It Li "p" Ta "Paste selected buffer"
                   6448: .It Li "P" Ta "Paste tagged buffers"
1.555     nicm     6449: .It Li "d" Ta "Delete selected buffer"
                   6450: .It Li "D" Ta "Delete tagged buffers"
1.759     nicm     6451: .It Li "e" Ta "Open the buffer in an editor"
1.562     nicm     6452: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
1.682     nicm     6453: .It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
                   6454: .It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
1.576     nicm     6455: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
1.555     nicm     6456: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   6457: .El
                   6458: .Pp
                   6459: After a buffer is chosen,
1.178     nicm     6460: .Ql %%
1.392     nicm     6461: is replaced by the buffer name in
1.178     nicm     6462: .Ar template
                   6463: and the result executed as a command.
                   6464: If
                   6465: .Ar template
                   6466: is not given, "paste-buffer -b '%%'" is used.
1.555     nicm     6467: .Pp
1.561     nicm     6468: .Fl O
1.682     nicm     6469: specifies the initial sort field: one of
1.895     nicm     6470: .Ql time
                   6471: (creation),
1.561     nicm     6472: .Ql name
                   6473: or
                   6474: .Ql size .
1.682     nicm     6475: .Fl r
                   6476: reverses the sort order.
1.562     nicm     6477: .Fl f
1.579     nicm     6478: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   6479: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   6480: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
1.572     nicm     6481: .Fl F
1.833     nicm     6482: specifies the format for each item in the list and
                   6483: .Fl K
                   6484: a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
1.576     nicm     6485: .Fl N
                   6486: starts without the preview.
1.314     nicm     6487: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.858     kn       6488: .Tg clearhist
1.893     nicm     6489: .It Xo Ic clear-history
                   6490: .Op Fl H
                   6491: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   6492: .Xc
1.870     kn       6493: .D1 Pq alias: Ic clearhist
1.57      jmc      6494: Remove and free the history for the specified pane.
1.893     nicm     6495: .Fl H
                   6496: also removes all hyperlinks.
1.858     kn       6497: .Tg deleteb
1.392     nicm     6498: .It Ic delete-buffer Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.870     kn       6499: .D1 Pq alias: Ic deleteb
1.392     nicm     6500: Delete the buffer named
                   6501: .Ar buffer-name ,
                   6502: or the most recently added automatically named buffer if not specified.
1.858     kn       6503: .Tg lsb
1.294     nicm     6504: .It Xo Ic list-buffers
                   6505: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.738     nicm     6506: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.294     nicm     6507: .Xc
1.870     kn       6508: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsb
1.198     nicm     6509: List the global buffers.
1.294     nicm     6510: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     6511: specifies the format of each line and
                   6512: .Fl f
                   6513: a filter.
                   6514: Only buffers for which the filter is true are shown.
                   6515: See the
1.294     nicm     6516: .Sx FORMATS
                   6517: section.
1.200     jmc      6518: .It Xo Ic load-buffer
1.794     nicm     6519: .Op Fl w
1.392     nicm     6520: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.794     nicm     6521: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.57      jmc      6522: .Ar path
                   6523: .Xc
1.858     kn       6524: .Tg loadb
1.870     kn       6525: .D1 Pq alias: Ic loadb
1.57      jmc      6526: Load the contents of the specified paste buffer from
                   6527: .Ar path .
1.794     nicm     6528: If
                   6529: .Fl w
                   6530: is given, the buffer is also sent to the clipboard for
                   6531: .Ar target-client
                   6532: using the
                   6533: .Xr xterm 1
                   6534: escape sequence, if possible.
1.858     kn       6535: .Tg pasteb
1.57      jmc      6536: .It Xo Ic paste-buffer
1.278     nicm     6537: .Op Fl dpr
1.392     nicm     6538: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.170     nicm     6539: .Op Fl s Ar separator
1.158     nicm     6540: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      6541: .Xc
1.870     kn       6542: .D1 Pq alias: Ic pasteb
1.158     nicm     6543: Insert the contents of a paste buffer into the specified pane.
                   6544: If not specified, paste into the current one.
1.57      jmc      6545: With
                   6546: .Fl d ,
1.392     nicm     6547: also delete the paste buffer.
1.57      jmc      6548: When output, any linefeed (LF) characters in the paste buffer are replaced with
1.170     nicm     6549: a separator, by default carriage return (CR).
                   6550: A custom separator may be specified using the
                   6551: .Fl s
                   6552: flag.
                   6553: The
1.57      jmc      6554: .Fl r
1.170     nicm     6555: flag means to do no replacement (equivalent to a separator of LF).
1.278     nicm     6556: If
                   6557: .Fl p
                   6558: is specified, paste bracket control codes are inserted around the
                   6559: buffer if the application has requested bracketed paste mode.
1.858     kn       6560: .Tg saveb
1.57      jmc      6561: .It Xo Ic save-buffer
                   6562: .Op Fl a
1.392     nicm     6563: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.57      jmc      6564: .Ar path
                   6565: .Xc
1.870     kn       6566: .D1 Pq alias: Ic saveb
1.57      jmc      6567: Save the contents of the specified paste buffer to
                   6568: .Ar path .
                   6569: The
                   6570: .Fl a
                   6571: option appends to rather than overwriting the file.
                   6572: .It Xo Ic set-buffer
1.794     nicm     6573: .Op Fl aw
1.392     nicm     6574: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.794     nicm     6575: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.858     kn       6576: .Tg setb
1.392     nicm     6577: .Op Fl n Ar new-buffer-name
1.57      jmc      6578: .Ar data
                   6579: .Xc
1.870     kn       6580: .D1 Pq alias: Ic setb
1.57      jmc      6581: Set the contents of the specified buffer to
                   6582: .Ar data .
1.794     nicm     6583: If
                   6584: .Fl w
                   6585: is given, the buffer is also sent to the clipboard for
                   6586: .Ar target-client
                   6587: using the
                   6588: .Xr xterm 1
                   6589: escape sequence, if possible.
1.383     nicm     6590: The
                   6591: .Fl a
                   6592: option appends to rather than overwriting the buffer.
1.392     nicm     6593: The
                   6594: .Fl n
                   6595: option renames the buffer to
                   6596: .Ar new-buffer-name .
1.858     kn       6597: .Tg showb
1.1       nicm     6598: .It Xo Ic show-buffer
1.392     nicm     6599: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.1       nicm     6600: .Xc
1.870     kn       6601: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showb
1.1       nicm     6602: Display the contents of the specified buffer.
1.57      jmc      6603: .El
                   6604: .Sh MISCELLANEOUS
                   6605: Miscellaneous commands are as follows:
                   6606: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.72      nicm     6607: .It Ic clock-mode Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      6608: Display a large clock.
1.858     kn       6609: .Tg if
1.334     nicm     6610: .It Xo Ic if-shell
1.410     nicm     6611: .Op Fl bF
1.334     nicm     6612: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   6613: .Ar shell-command command
                   6614: .Op Ar command
                   6615: .Xc
1.870     kn       6616: .D1 Pq alias: Ic if
1.251     nicm     6617: Execute the first
1.57      jmc      6618: .Ar command
                   6619: if
                   6620: .Ar shell-command
1.874     nicm     6621: (run with
                   6622: .Pa /bin/sh )
1.251     nicm     6623: returns success or the second
                   6624: .Ar command
                   6625: otherwise.
1.410     nicm     6626: Before being executed,
                   6627: .Ar shell-command
                   6628: is expanded using the rules specified in the
1.334     nicm     6629: .Sx FORMATS
                   6630: section, including those relevant to
                   6631: .Ar target-pane .
1.335     nicm     6632: With
                   6633: .Fl b ,
                   6634: .Ar shell-command
                   6635: is run in the background.
1.410     nicm     6636: .Pp
                   6637: If
                   6638: .Fl F
                   6639: is given,
                   6640: .Ar shell-command
                   6641: is not executed but considered success if neither empty nor zero (after formats
                   6642: are expanded).
1.858     kn       6643: .Tg lock
1.57      jmc      6644: .It Ic lock-server
1.870     kn       6645: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lock
1.90      nicm     6646: Lock each client individually by running the command specified by the
                   6647: .Ic lock-command
                   6648: option.
1.858     kn       6649: .Tg run
1.308     nicm     6650: .It Xo Ic run-shell
1.809     nicm     6651: .Op Fl bC
1.929     nicm     6652: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.717     nicm     6653: .Op Fl d Ar delay
1.308     nicm     6654: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.718     nicm     6655: .Op Ar shell-command
1.308     nicm     6656: .Xc
1.870     kn       6657: .D1 Pq alias: Ic run
1.87      nicm     6658: Execute
1.153     nicm     6659: .Ar shell-command
1.874     nicm     6660: using
                   6661: .Pa /bin/sh
1.809     nicm     6662: or (with
                   6663: .Fl C )
                   6664: a
                   6665: .Nm
                   6666: command in the background without creating a window.
                   6667: Before being executed,
                   6668: .Ar shell-command
                   6669: is expanded using the rules specified in the
1.334     nicm     6670: .Sx FORMATS
                   6671: section.
1.335     nicm     6672: With
                   6673: .Fl b ,
                   6674: the command is run in the background.
1.717     nicm     6675: .Fl d
                   6676: waits for
                   6677: .Ar delay
                   6678: seconds before starting the command.
1.929     nicm     6679: If
                   6680: .Fl c
                   6681: is given, the current working directory is set to
                   6682: .Ar start-directory .
1.809     nicm     6683: If
                   6684: .Fl C
                   6685: is not given, any output to stdout is displayed in view mode (in the pane
                   6686: specified by
1.308     nicm     6687: .Fl t
1.809     nicm     6688: or the current pane if omitted) after the command finishes.
                   6689: If the command fails, the exit status is also displayed.
1.858     kn       6690: .Tg wait
1.342     nicm     6691: .It Xo Ic wait-for
1.370     nicm     6692: .Op Fl L | S | U
1.342     nicm     6693: .Ar channel
                   6694: .Xc
1.870     kn       6695: .D1 Pq alias: Ic wait
1.343     nicm     6696: When used without options, prevents the client from exiting until woken using
1.342     nicm     6697: .Ic wait-for
                   6698: .Fl S
                   6699: with the same channel.
1.343     nicm     6700: When
                   6701: .Fl L
                   6702: is used, the channel is locked and any clients that try to lock the same
                   6703: channel are made to wait until the channel is unlocked with
                   6704: .Ic wait-for
                   6705: .Fl U .
1.703     nicm     6706: .El
                   6707: .Sh EXIT MESSAGES
                   6708: When a
                   6709: .Nm
                   6710: client detaches, it prints a message.
                   6711: This may be one of:
                   6712: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.780     nicm     6713: .It detached (from session ...)
1.703     nicm     6714: The client was detached normally.
1.780     nicm     6715: .It detached and SIGHUP
1.703     nicm     6716: The client was detached and its parent sent the
                   6717: .Dv SIGHUP
                   6718: signal (for example with
                   6719: .Ic detach-client
                   6720: .Fl P ) .
1.780     nicm     6721: .It lost tty
1.703     nicm     6722: The client's
                   6723: .Xr tty 4
                   6724: or
                   6725: .Xr pty 4
                   6726: was unexpectedly destroyed.
1.780     nicm     6727: .It terminated
1.703     nicm     6728: The client was killed with
                   6729: .Dv SIGTERM .
1.780     nicm     6730: .It too far behind
                   6731: The client is in control mode and became unable to keep up with the data from
                   6732: .Nm .
                   6733: .It exited
1.703     nicm     6734: The server exited when it had no sessions.
1.780     nicm     6735: .It server exited
1.703     nicm     6736: The server exited when it received
                   6737: .Dv SIGTERM .
1.780     nicm     6738: .It server exited unexpectedly
1.703     nicm     6739: The server crashed or otherwise exited without telling the client the reason.
1.228     nicm     6740: .El
                   6741: .Sh TERMINFO EXTENSIONS
                   6742: .Nm
1.478     nicm     6743: understands some unofficial extensions to
1.746     nicm     6744: .Xr terminfo 5 .
1.744     nicm     6745: It is not normally necessary to set these manually, instead the
                   6746: .Ic terminal-features
                   6747: option should be used.
1.228     nicm     6748: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.756     nicm     6749: .It Em \&AX
                   6750: An existing extension that tells
                   6751: .Nm
                   6752: the terminal supports default colours.
1.818     nicm     6753: .It Em \&Bidi
                   6754: Tell
                   6755: .Nm
                   6756: that the terminal supports the VTE bidirectional text extensions.
1.739     nicm     6757: .It Em \&Cs , Cr
1.233     nicm     6758: Set the cursor colour.
1.232     jmc      6759: The first takes a single string argument and is used to set the colour;
                   6760: the second takes no arguments and restores the default cursor colour.
                   6761: If set, a sequence such as this may be used
                   6762: to change the cursor colour from inside
                   6763: .Nm :
                   6764: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6765: $ printf '\e033]12;red\e033\e\e'
                   6766: .Ed
1.872     nicm     6767: .Pp
                   6768: The colour is an
                   6769: .Xr X 7
                   6770: colour, see
                   6771: .Xr XParseColor 3 .
1.753     nicm     6772: .It Em \&Cmg, \&Clmg, \&Dsmg , \&Enmg
                   6773: Set, clear, disable or enable DECSLRM margins.
1.756     nicm     6774: These are set automatically if the terminal reports it is
                   6775: .Em VT420
                   6776: compatible.
1.755     nicm     6777: .It Em \&Dsbp , \&Enbp
                   6778: Disable and enable bracketed paste.
1.756     nicm     6779: These are set automatically if the
                   6780: .Em XT
                   6781: capability is present.
1.772     nicm     6782: .It Em \&Dseks , \&Eneks
                   6783: Disable and enable extended keys.
1.756     nicm     6784: .It Em \&Dsfcs , \&Enfcs
                   6785: Disable and enable focus reporting.
                   6786: These are set automatically if the
                   6787: .Em XT
                   6788: capability is present.
1.893     nicm     6789: .It Em \&Hls
                   6790: Set or clear a hyperlink annotation.
1.898     nicm     6791: .It Em \&Nobr
                   6792: Tell
                   6793: .Nm
                   6794: that the terminal does not use bright colors for bold display.
1.837     nicm     6795: .It Em \&Rect
                   6796: Tell
                   6797: .Nm
                   6798: that the terminal supports rectangle operations.
1.649     nicm     6799: .It Em \&Smol
                   6800: Enable the overline attribute.
1.611     nicm     6801: .It Em \&Smulx
1.672     nicm     6802: Set a styled underscore.
                   6803: The single parameter is one of: 0 for no underscore, 1 for normal
                   6804: underscore, 2 for double underscore, 3 for curly underscore, 4 for dotted
                   6805: underscore and 5 for dashed underscore.
1.931     nicm     6806: .It Em \&Setulc , \&Setulc1, \&ol
1.797     nicm     6807: Set the underscore colour or reset to the default.
1.931     nicm     6808: .Em Setulc
                   6809: is for RGB colours and
                   6810: .Em Setulc1
                   6811: for ANSI or 256 colours.
                   6812: The
                   6813: .Em Setulc
                   6814: argument is (red * 65536) + (green * 256) + blue where each is between 0
1.672     nicm     6815: and 255.
1.361     jmc      6816: .It Em \&Ss , Se
1.403     nicm     6817: Set or reset the cursor style.
1.232     jmc      6818: If set, a sequence such as this may be used
                   6819: to change the cursor to an underline:
1.230     nicm     6820: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6821: $ printf '\e033[4 q'
                   6822: .Ed
                   6823: .Pp
                   6824: If
1.403     nicm     6825: .Em Se
                   6826: is not set, \&Ss with argument 0 will be used to reset the cursor style instead.
1.885     nicm     6827: .It Em \&Swd
                   6828: Set the opening sequence for the working directory notification.
                   6829: The sequence is terminated using the standard
                   6830: .Em fsl
                   6831: capability.
1.908     nicm     6832: .It Em \&Sxl
                   6833: Indicates that the terminal supports SIXEL.
1.741     nicm     6834: .It Em \&Sync
1.745     nicm     6835: Start (parameter is 1) or end (parameter is 2) a synchronized update.
1.478     nicm     6836: .It Em \&Tc
                   6837: Indicate that the terminal supports the
                   6838: .Ql direct colour
                   6839: RGB escape sequence (for example, \ee[38;2;255;255;255m).
1.518     nicm     6840: .Pp
1.612     nicm     6841: If supported, this is used for the initialize colour escape sequence (which
1.518     nicm     6842: may be enabled by adding the
                   6843: .Ql initc
                   6844: and
                   6845: .Ql ccc
                   6846: capabilities to the
                   6847: .Nm
                   6848: .Xr terminfo 5
                   6849: entry).
1.739     nicm     6850: .Pp
                   6851: This is equivalent to the
                   6852: .Em RGB
                   6853: .Xr terminfo 5
                   6854: capability.
1.232     jmc      6855: .It Em \&Ms
1.478     nicm     6856: Store the current buffer in the host terminal's selection (clipboard).
1.232     jmc      6857: See the
                   6858: .Em set-clipboard
                   6859: option above and the
                   6860: .Xr xterm 1
                   6861: man page.
1.756     nicm     6862: .It Em \&XT
                   6863: This is an existing extension capability that tmux uses to mean that the
                   6864: terminal supports the
                   6865: .Xr xterm 1
                   6866: title set sequences and to automatically set some of the capabilities above.
1.345     nicm     6867: .El
                   6868: .Sh CONTROL MODE
                   6869: .Nm
                   6870: offers a textual interface called
                   6871: .Em control mode .
                   6872: This allows applications to communicate with
                   6873: .Nm
                   6874: using a simple text-only protocol.
                   6875: .Pp
                   6876: In control mode, a client sends
                   6877: .Nm
                   6878: commands or command sequences terminated by newlines on standard input.
                   6879: Each command will produce one block of output on standard output.
                   6880: An output block consists of a
                   6881: .Em %begin
                   6882: line followed by the output (which may be empty).
                   6883: The output block ends with a
                   6884: .Em %end
                   6885: or
                   6886: .Em %error .
                   6887: .Em %begin
                   6888: and matching
                   6889: .Em %end
                   6890: or
                   6891: .Em %error
1.916     nicm     6892: have three arguments: an integer time (as seconds from epoch), command number
                   6893: and flags (currently not used).
1.345     nicm     6894: For example:
                   6895: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.835     nicm     6896: %begin 1363006971 2 1
1.345     nicm     6897: 0: ksh* (1 panes) [80x24] [layout b25f,80x24,0,0,2] @2 (active)
1.835     nicm     6898: %end 1363006971 2 1
1.345     nicm     6899: .Ed
1.535     nicm     6900: .Pp
                   6901: The
                   6902: .Ic refresh-client
                   6903: .Fl C
                   6904: command may be used to set the size of a client in control mode.
1.345     nicm     6905: .Pp
                   6906: In control mode,
                   6907: .Nm
                   6908: outputs notifications.
                   6909: A notification will never occur inside an output block.
                   6910: .Pp
                   6911: The following notifications are defined:
                   6912: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.830     nicm     6913: .It Ic %client-detached Ar client
                   6914: The client has detached.
1.750     jmc      6915: .It Ic %client-session-changed Ar client session-id name
1.547     nicm     6916: The client is now attached to the session with ID
                   6917: .Ar session-id ,
                   6918: which is named
                   6919: .Ar name .
1.892     nicm     6920: .It Ic %config-error Ar error
                   6921: An error has happened in a configuration file.
1.778     nicm     6922: .It Ic %continue Ar pane-id
                   6923: The pane has been continued after being paused (if the
                   6924: .Ar pause-after
                   6925: flag is set, see
                   6926: .Ic refresh-client
                   6927: .Fl A ) .
1.345     nicm     6928: .It Ic %exit Op Ar reason
                   6929: The
                   6930: .Nm
                   6931: client is exiting immediately, either because it is not attached to any session
                   6932: or an error occurred.
                   6933: If present,
                   6934: .Ar reason
                   6935: describes why the client exited.
1.788     nicm     6936: .It Ic %extended-output Ar pane-id Ar age Ar ... \&  : Ar value
1.779     nicm     6937: New form of
                   6938: .Ic %output
                   6939: sent when the
                   6940: .Ar pause-after
                   6941: flag is set.
                   6942: .Ar age
1.916     nicm     6943: is the time in milliseconds for which tmux had buffered the output before it
                   6944: was sent.
1.779     nicm     6945: Any subsequent arguments up until a single
                   6946: .Ql \&:
                   6947: are for future use and should be ignored.
1.916     nicm     6948: .It Xo Ic %layout-change
                   6949: .Ar window-id
                   6950: .Ar window-layout
                   6951: .Ar window-visible-layout
                   6952: .Ar window-flags
                   6953: .Xc
1.345     nicm     6954: The layout of a window with ID
                   6955: .Ar window-id
                   6956: changed.
                   6957: The new layout is
                   6958: .Ar window-layout .
1.460     nicm     6959: The window's visible layout is
                   6960: .Ar window-visible-layout
                   6961: and the window flags are
                   6962: .Ar window-flags .
1.914     nicm     6963: .It Ic %message Ar message
                   6964: A message sent with the
                   6965: .Ic display-message
                   6966: command.
1.347     nicm     6967: .It Ic %output Ar pane-id Ar value
                   6968: A window pane produced output.
1.345     nicm     6969: .Ar value
1.350     nicm     6970: escapes non-printable characters and backslash as octal \\xxx.
1.547     nicm     6971: .It Ic %pane-mode-changed Ar pane-id
                   6972: The pane with ID
                   6973: .Ar pane-id
                   6974: has changed mode.
1.899     nicm     6975: .It Ic %paste-buffer-changed Ar name
                   6976: Paste buffer
                   6977: .Ar name
                   6978: has been changed.
1.904     nicm     6979: .It Ic %paste-buffer-deleted Ar name
                   6980: Paste buffer
                   6981: .Ar name
                   6982: has been deleted.
1.778     nicm     6983: .It Ic %pause Ar pane-id
                   6984: The pane has been paused (if the
                   6985: .Ar pause-after
                   6986: flag is set).
1.345     nicm     6987: .It Ic %session-changed Ar session-id Ar name
                   6988: The client is now attached to the session with ID
                   6989: .Ar session-id ,
                   6990: which is named
                   6991: .Ar name .
                   6992: .It Ic %session-renamed Ar name
                   6993: The current session was renamed to
                   6994: .Ar name .
1.547     nicm     6995: .It Ic %session-window-changed Ar session-id Ar window-id
                   6996: The session with ID
                   6997: .Ar session-id
                   6998: changed its active window to the window with ID
                   6999: .Ar window-id .
1.345     nicm     7000: .It Ic %sessions-changed
                   7001: A session was created or destroyed.
1.788     nicm     7002: .It Xo Ic %subscription-changed
                   7003: .Ar name
                   7004: .Ar session-id
                   7005: .Ar window-id
                   7006: .Ar window-index
                   7007: .Ar pane-id ... \&  :
                   7008: .Ar value
                   7009: .Xc
                   7010: The value of the format associated with subscription
                   7011: .Ar name
                   7012: has changed to
                   7013: .Ar value .
                   7014: See
                   7015: .Ic refresh-client
                   7016: .Fl B .
                   7017: Any arguments after
                   7018: .Ar pane-id
                   7019: up until a single
                   7020: .Ql \&:
                   7021: are for future use and should be ignored.
1.345     nicm     7022: .It Ic %unlinked-window-add Ar window-id
                   7023: The window with ID
                   7024: .Ar window-id
                   7025: was created but is not linked to the current session.
1.873     nicm     7026: .It Ic %unlinked-window-close Ar window-id
                   7027: The window with ID
                   7028: .Ar window-id ,
                   7029: which is not linked to the current session, was closed.
                   7030: .It Ic %unlinked-window-renamed Ar window-id
                   7031: The window with ID
                   7032: .Ar window-id ,
                   7033: which is not linked to the current session, was renamed.
1.345     nicm     7034: .It Ic %window-add Ar window-id
                   7035: The window with ID
                   7036: .Ar window-id
                   7037: was linked to the current session.
                   7038: .It Ic %window-close Ar window-id
                   7039: The window with ID
                   7040: .Ar window-id
                   7041: closed.
1.547     nicm     7042: .It Ic %window-pane-changed Ar window-id Ar pane-id
                   7043: The active pane in the window with ID
                   7044: .Ar window-id
                   7045: changed to the pane with ID
                   7046: .Ar pane-id .
1.345     nicm     7047: .It Ic %window-renamed Ar window-id Ar name
                   7048: The window with ID
                   7049: .Ar window-id
                   7050: was renamed to
                   7051: .Ar name .
1.644     schwarze 7052: .El
                   7053: .Sh ENVIRONMENT
                   7054: When
                   7055: .Nm
                   7056: is started, it inspects the following environment variables:
                   7057: .Bl -tag -width LC_CTYPE
                   7058: .It Ev EDITOR
                   7059: If the command specified in this variable contains the string
                   7060: .Ql vi
                   7061: and
                   7062: .Ev VISUAL
                   7063: is unset, use vi-style key bindings.
                   7064: Overridden by the
                   7065: .Ic mode-keys
                   7066: and
                   7067: .Ic status-keys
                   7068: options.
                   7069: .It Ev HOME
                   7070: The user's login directory.
                   7071: If unset, the
                   7072: .Xr passwd 5
                   7073: database is consulted.
                   7074: .It Ev LC_CTYPE
                   7075: The character encoding
                   7076: .Xr locale 1 .
                   7077: It is used for two separate purposes.
                   7078: For output to the terminal, UTF-8 is used if the
                   7079: .Fl u
                   7080: option is given or if
                   7081: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   7082: contains
                   7083: .Qq UTF-8
                   7084: or
                   7085: .Qq UTF8 .
                   7086: Otherwise, only ASCII characters are written and non-ASCII characters
                   7087: are replaced with underscores
                   7088: .Pq Ql _ .
                   7089: For input,
                   7090: .Nm
                   7091: always runs with a UTF-8 locale.
1.886     naddy    7092: If en_US.UTF-8 is provided by the operating system, it is used and
1.644     schwarze 7093: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   7094: is ignored for input.
                   7095: Otherwise,
                   7096: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   7097: tells
                   7098: .Nm
                   7099: what the UTF-8 locale is called on the current system.
                   7100: If the locale specified by
                   7101: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   7102: is not available or is not a UTF-8 locale,
                   7103: .Nm
                   7104: exits with an error message.
                   7105: .It Ev LC_TIME
                   7106: The date and time format
                   7107: .Xr locale 1 .
                   7108: It is used for locale-dependent
                   7109: .Xr strftime 3
                   7110: format specifiers.
                   7111: .It Ev PWD
                   7112: The current working directory to be set in the global environment.
                   7113: This may be useful if it contains symbolic links.
                   7114: If the value of the variable does not match the current working
                   7115: directory, the variable is ignored and the result of
                   7116: .Xr getcwd 3
                   7117: is used instead.
                   7118: .It Ev SHELL
                   7119: The absolute path to the default shell for new windows.
                   7120: See the
                   7121: .Ic default-shell
                   7122: option for details.
                   7123: .It Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
                   7124: The parent directory of the directory containing the server sockets.
                   7125: See the
                   7126: .Fl L
                   7127: option for details.
                   7128: .It Ev VISUAL
                   7129: If the command specified in this variable contains the string
                   7130: .Ql vi ,
                   7131: use vi-style key bindings.
                   7132: Overridden by the
                   7133: .Ic mode-keys
                   7134: and
                   7135: .Ic status-keys
                   7136: options.
1.1       nicm     7137: .El
                   7138: .Sh FILES
1.26      nicm     7139: .Bl -tag -width "/etc/tmux.confXXX" -compact
1.1       nicm     7140: .It Pa ~/.tmux.conf
1.6       jmc      7141: Default
1.1       nicm     7142: .Nm
1.6       jmc      7143: configuration file.
1.26      nicm     7144: .It Pa /etc/tmux.conf
                   7145: System-wide configuration file.
1.1       nicm     7146: .El
1.57      jmc      7147: .Sh EXAMPLES
                   7148: To create a new
                   7149: .Nm
                   7150: session running
                   7151: .Xr vi 1 :
                   7152: .Pp
                   7153: .Dl $ tmux new-session vi
                   7154: .Pp
                   7155: Most commands have a shorter form, known as an alias.
                   7156: For new-session, this is
                   7157: .Ic new :
                   7158: .Pp
                   7159: .Dl $ tmux new vi
                   7160: .Pp
                   7161: Alternatively, the shortest unambiguous form of a command is accepted.
                   7162: If there are several options, they are listed:
                   7163: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   7164: $ tmux n
                   7165: ambiguous command: n, could be: new-session, new-window, next-window
                   7166: .Ed
                   7167: .Pp
                   7168: Within an active session, a new window may be created by typing
                   7169: .Ql C-b c
                   7170: (Ctrl
                   7171: followed by the
                   7172: .Ql b
                   7173: key
                   7174: followed by the
                   7175: .Ql c
                   7176: key).
                   7177: .Pp
                   7178: Windows may be navigated with:
                   7179: .Ql C-b 0
                   7180: (to select window 0),
                   7181: .Ql C-b 1
                   7182: (to select window 1), and so on;
                   7183: .Ql C-b n
                   7184: to select the next window; and
                   7185: .Ql C-b p
                   7186: to select the previous window.
                   7187: .Pp
                   7188: A session may be detached using
                   7189: .Ql C-b d
1.64      nicm     7190: (or by an external event such as
                   7191: .Xr ssh 1
                   7192: disconnection) and reattached with:
1.57      jmc      7193: .Pp
                   7194: .Dl $ tmux attach-session
                   7195: .Pp
                   7196: Typing
                   7197: .Ql C-b \&?
                   7198: lists the current key bindings in the current window; up and down may be used
                   7199: to navigate the list or
                   7200: .Ql q
                   7201: to exit from it.
                   7202: .Pp
                   7203: Commands to be run when the
                   7204: .Nm
                   7205: server is started may be placed in the
                   7206: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf
                   7207: configuration file.
                   7208: Common examples include:
                   7209: .Pp
                   7210: Changing the default prefix key:
                   7211: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   7212: set-option -g prefix C-a
                   7213: unbind-key C-b
                   7214: bind-key C-a send-prefix
                   7215: .Ed
                   7216: .Pp
                   7217: Turning the status line off, or changing its colour:
                   7218: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   7219: set-option -g status off
1.378     nicm     7220: set-option -g status-style bg=blue
1.57      jmc      7221: .Ed
                   7222: .Pp
                   7223: Setting other options, such as the default command,
                   7224: or locking after 30 minutes of inactivity:
                   7225: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   7226: set-option -g default-command "exec /bin/ksh"
                   7227: set-option -g lock-after-time 1800
                   7228: .Ed
                   7229: .Pp
                   7230: Creating new key bindings:
                   7231: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   7232: bind-key b set-option status
                   7233: bind-key / command-prompt "split-window 'exec man %%'"
1.73      nicm     7234: bind-key S command-prompt "new-window -n %1 'ssh %1'"
1.57      jmc      7235: .Ed
1.1       nicm     7236: .Sh SEE ALSO
                   7237: .Xr pty 4
                   7238: .Sh AUTHORS
1.477     nicm     7239: .An Nicholas Marriott Aq Mt nicholas.marriott@gmail.com